1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4 // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5 // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6 //
7 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8 //
9 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
10 //
11 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
12 
13 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
14 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
15 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/NonTrivialTypeVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
32 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
33 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
34 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
47 #include <algorithm>
48 #include <cstring>
49 #include <functional>
50 
51 using namespace clang;
52 using namespace sema;
53 
54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
55   if (OwnedType) {
56     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
57     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
58   }
59 
60   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
61 }
62 
63 namespace {
64 
65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
66  public:
67    TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass = false,
68                         bool AllowTemplates = false,
69                         bool AllowNonTemplates = true)
70        : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
71          AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates), AllowNonTemplates(AllowNonTemplates) {
72      WantExpressionKeywords = false;
73      WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
74      WantRemainingKeywords = false;
75   }
76 
77   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
78     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
79       if (!AllowInvalidDecl && ND->isInvalidDecl())
80         return false;
81 
82       if (getAsTypeTemplateDecl(ND))
83         return AllowTemplates;
84 
85       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
86       if (!IsType)
87         return false;
88 
89       if (AllowNonTemplates)
90         return true;
91 
92       // An injected-class-name of a class template (specialization) is valid
93       // as a template or as a non-template.
94       if (AllowTemplates) {
95         auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND);
96         if (!RD || !RD->isInjectedClassName())
97           return false;
98         RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getDeclContext());
99         return RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() ||
100                isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD);
101       }
102 
103       return false;
104     }
105 
106     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
107   }
108 
109   std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override {
110     return std::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(*this);
111   }
112 
113  private:
114   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
115   bool WantClassName;
116   bool AllowTemplates;
117   bool AllowNonTemplates;
118 };
119 
120 } // end anonymous namespace
121 
122 /// Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
123 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
124   switch (Kind) {
125   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
126   // token kind is a valid type specifier
127   case tok::kw_short:
128   case tok::kw_long:
129   case tok::kw___int64:
130   case tok::kw___int128:
131   case tok::kw_signed:
132   case tok::kw_unsigned:
133   case tok::kw_void:
134   case tok::kw_char:
135   case tok::kw_int:
136   case tok::kw_half:
137   case tok::kw_float:
138   case tok::kw_double:
139   case tok::kw__Float16:
140   case tok::kw___float128:
141   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
142   case tok::kw_bool:
143   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
144   case tok::kw___auto_type:
145     return true;
146 
147   case tok::annot_typename:
148   case tok::kw_char16_t:
149   case tok::kw_char32_t:
150   case tok::kw_typeof:
151   case tok::annot_decltype:
152   case tok::kw_decltype:
153     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
154 
155   case tok::kw_char8_t:
156     return getLangOpts().Char8;
157 
158   default:
159     break;
160   }
161 
162   return false;
163 }
164 
165 namespace {
166 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult {
167   NotFound,
168   FoundNonType,
169   FoundType
170 };
171 } // end anonymous namespace
172 
173 /// Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for
174 /// dependent class.
175 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a
176 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found.
177 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult
178 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II,
179                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
180                                 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
181   if (!RD->hasDefinition())
182     return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
183   // Look for type decls in base classes.
184   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
185       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
186   for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) {
187     const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr;
188     if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>())
189       BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
190     else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
191       // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
192       // templates.
193       if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType())
194         continue;
195       auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
196       if (!TD)
197         continue;
198       if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate =
199           dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) {
200         if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl())
201           BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate;
202         else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) {
203           if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS =
204                   CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType()))
205             if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl())
206               BaseRD = PS;
207         }
208       }
209     }
210     if (BaseRD) {
211       for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) {
212         if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND))
213           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
214         FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
215       }
216       if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) {
217         switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) {
218         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType:
219           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
220         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType:
221           FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
222           break;
223         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound:
224           break;
225         }
226       }
227     }
228   }
229 
230   return FoundTypeDecl;
231 }
232 
233 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S,
234                                                       const IdentifierInfo &II,
235                                                       SourceLocation NameLoc) {
236   // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any.
237   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
238   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
239       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
240   for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
241        DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
242        DC = DC->getParent()) {
243     // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
244     // templates.
245     RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
246     if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
247       FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD);
248   }
249   if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType)
250     return nullptr;
251 
252   // We found some types in dependent base classes.  Recover as if the user
253   // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'.  We'll fully resolve the
254   // lookup during template instantiation.
255   S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II;
256 
257   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
258   auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false,
259                                           cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD)));
260   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II);
261 
262   CXXScopeSpec SS;
263   SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
264 
265   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
266   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
267   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
268   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
269   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
270   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
271 }
272 
273 /// If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
274 /// return the declaration of that type.
275 ///
276 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
277 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
278 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
279 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
280 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
281 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
282                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
283                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
284                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
285                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
286                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
287                              bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext,
288                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
289   // FIXME: Consider allowing this outside C++1z mode as an extension.
290   bool AllowDeducedTemplate = IsClassTemplateDeductionContext &&
291                               getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !IsCtorOrDtorName &&
292                               !isClassName && !HasTrailingDot;
293 
294   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
295   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
296   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
297     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
298     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
299       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
300   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
301     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
302 
303     if (!LookupCtx) {
304       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
305         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
306         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
307         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
308         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
309         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
310         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
311         //
312         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
313         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
314         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
315           return nullptr;
316 
317         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
318         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
319         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
320           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
321 
322         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
323         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
324                                        II, NameLoc);
325         return ParsedType::make(T);
326       }
327 
328       return nullptr;
329     }
330 
331     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
332         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
333       return nullptr;
334   }
335 
336   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
337   // lookup for class-names.
338   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
339                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
340   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
341   if (LookupCtx) {
342     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
343     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
344     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
345     // nested-name-specifier.
346     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
347 
348     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
349       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
350       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
351       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
352       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
353       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
354       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
355       LookupName(Result, S);
356     }
357   } else {
358     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
359     LookupName(Result, S);
360 
361     // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
362     // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
363     if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) {
364       if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
365               recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc))
366         return TypeInBase;
367     }
368   }
369 
370   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
371   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
372   case LookupResult::NotFound:
373   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
374     if (CorrectedII) {
375       TypeNameValidatorCCC CCC(/*AllowInvalid=*/true, isClassName,
376                                AllowDeducedTemplate);
377       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind,
378                                               S, SS, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery);
379       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
380       TemplateTy Template;
381       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
382       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
383       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
384       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
385       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
386       if (SS && NNS) {
387         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
388         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
389       }
390       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
391           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
392           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
393           // is handled elsewhere).
394           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
395             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false,
396                            Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
397         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
398                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
399                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
400                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
401                                     IsClassTemplateDeductionContext);
402         if (Ty) {
403           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
404                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
405                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
406           if (SS && NNS)
407             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
408           *CorrectedII = NewII;
409           return Ty;
410         }
411       }
412     }
413     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
414     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
415   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
416   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
417     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
418     return nullptr;
419 
420   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
421     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
422     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
423     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
424     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
425     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
426     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
427       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
428       return nullptr;
429     }
430 
431     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
432     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
433          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
434       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res) ||
435           (AllowDeducedTemplate && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(*Res))) {
436         if (!IIDecl ||
437             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
438               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
439           IIDecl = *Res;
440       }
441     }
442 
443     if (!IIDecl) {
444       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
445       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
446       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
447       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
448       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
449       // a type name.
450       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
451       return nullptr;
452     }
453 
454     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
455     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
456     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
457     // perform the name lookup again.
458     break;
459 
460   case LookupResult::Found:
461     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
462     break;
463   }
464 
465   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
466 
467   QualType T;
468   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
469     // C++ [class.qual]p2: A lookup that would find the injected-class-name
470     // instead names the constructors of the class, except when naming a class.
471     // This is ill-formed when we're not actually forming a ctor or dtor name.
472     auto *LookupRD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx);
473     auto *FoundRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD);
474     if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName && LookupRD && FoundRD &&
475         FoundRD->isInjectedClassName() &&
476         declaresSameEntity(LookupRD, cast<Decl>(FoundRD->getParent())))
477       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_out_of_line_qualified_id_type_names_constructor)
478           << &II << /*Type*/1;
479 
480     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
481 
482     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
483     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false);
484   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
485     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
486     if (!HasTrailingDot)
487       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
488   } else if (AllowDeducedTemplate) {
489     if (auto *TD = getAsTypeTemplateDecl(IIDecl))
490       T = Context.getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName(TD),
491                                                        QualType(), false);
492   }
493 
494   if (T.isNull()) {
495     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
496     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
497     return nullptr;
498   }
499 
500   // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
501   // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
502   // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
503   if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName &&
504       !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
505     if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
506       // Construct a type with type-source information.
507       TypeLocBuilder Builder;
508       Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
509 
510       T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
511       ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
512       ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
513       ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
514       return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
515     } else {
516       T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
517     }
518   }
519 
520   return ParsedType::make(T);
521 }
522 
523 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
524 static NestedNameSpecifier *
525 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
526   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
527     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
528     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
529     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
530       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
531     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
532       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
533                                          RD->getTypeForDecl());
534     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
535       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
536   }
537   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
538 }
539 
540 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method
541 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end
542 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC
543 /// correctly rejects.
544 static const CXXRecordDecl *
545 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) {
546   for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
547     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
548     if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC))
549       if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases())
550         return MD->getParent();
551   }
552   return nullptr;
553 }
554 
555 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
556                                           SourceLocation NameLoc,
557                                           bool IsTemplateTypeArg) {
558   assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode");
559 
560   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr;
561   if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
562     // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup
563     // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We
564     // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and
565     // lookup is retried.
566     // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no
567     // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any
568     // name specifiers.
569     NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
570     Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
571   } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD =
572                  findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) {
573     // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at
574     // instantiation time.
575     NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
576                                       RD->getTypeForDecl());
577 
578     // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during
579     // template instantiation.
580     Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II
581                                                                       << RD;
582   } else {
583     // This is not a situation that we should recover from.
584     return ParsedType();
585   }
586 
587   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
588 
589   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
590   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
591   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
592   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
593   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
594 
595   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
596   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
597   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
598   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
599   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
600   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
601 }
602 
603 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
604 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
605 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
606 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
607 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
608 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
609   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
610   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
611   LookupName(R, S, false);
612   R.suppressDiagnostics();
613   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
614     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
615       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
616       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
617       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
618       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
619       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
620       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
621       }
622     }
623 
624   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
625 }
626 
627 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
628 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
629 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
630 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
631 /// @code
632 /// template<class T> class A {
633 /// public:
634 ///   typedef int TYPE;
635 /// };
636 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
637 /// public:
638 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
639 /// };
640 /// @endcode
641 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
642   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
643     if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
644       return true;
645 
646     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
647 
648     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
649     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
650       if (Ty && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
651         return true;
652     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
653   }
654   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
655 }
656 
657 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
658                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
659                                    Scope *S,
660                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
661                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
662                                    bool IsTemplateName) {
663   // Don't report typename errors for editor placeholders.
664   if (II->isEditorPlaceholder())
665     return;
666   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
667   SuggestedType = nullptr;
668 
669   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
670   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
671   TypeNameValidatorCCC CCC(/*AllowInvalid=*/false, /*WantClass=*/false,
672                            /*AllowTemplates=*/IsTemplateName,
673                            /*AllowNonTemplates=*/!IsTemplateName);
674   if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
675           CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
676                       CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
677     // FIXME: Support error recovery for the template-name case.
678     bool CanRecover = !IsTemplateName;
679     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
680       // We corrected to a keyword.
681       diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
682                    PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest
683                                         : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
684                        << II);
685       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
686     } else {
687       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
688       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
689         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
690                      PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest
691                                           : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
692                          << II, CanRecover);
693       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
694         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
695         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
696                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
697         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
698                      PDiag(IsTemplateName
699                                ? diag::err_no_member_template_suggest
700                                : diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
701                          << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange(),
702                      CanRecover);
703       } else {
704         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
705       }
706 
707       if (!CanRecover)
708         return;
709 
710       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
711       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
712         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
713                           SourceRange(IILoc));
714       // FIXME: Support class template argument deduction here.
715       SuggestedType =
716           getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S,
717                       tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr,
718                       /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
719                       /*WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
720     }
721     return;
722   }
723 
724   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsTemplateName) {
725     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
726     UnqualifiedId Name;
727     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
728     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
729     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
730     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
731     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
732                        Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult,
733                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
734       diagnoseMissingTemplateArguments(TemplateResult.get(), IILoc);
735       return;
736     }
737   }
738 
739   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
740   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
741 
742   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
743     Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template
744                                : diag::err_unknown_typename)
745         << II;
746   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
747     Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_member_template
748                                : diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
749         << II << DC << SS->getRange();
750   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
751     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
752     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
753       DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
754 
755     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
756       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
757       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
758       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
759     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
760                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
761   } else {
762     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
763            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
764   }
765 }
766 
767 /// Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
768 /// or
769 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
770   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
771                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
772 
773   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
774     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
775       return true;
776 
777     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
778       return true;
779   }
780 
781   return false;
782 }
783 
784 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
785                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
786                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
787                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
788   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
789   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
790   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
791     StringRef FixItTagName;
792     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
793       case TTK_Class:
794         FixItTagName = "class ";
795         break;
796 
797       case TTK_Enum:
798         FixItTagName = "enum ";
799         break;
800 
801       case TTK_Struct:
802         FixItTagName = "struct ";
803         break;
804 
805       case TTK_Interface:
806         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
807         break;
808 
809       case TTK_Union:
810         FixItTagName = "union ";
811         break;
812     }
813 
814     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
815     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
816       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
817       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
818 
819     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
820          I != IEnd; ++I)
821       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
822         << Name << TagName;
823 
824     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
825     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
826     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
827     return true;
828   }
829 
830   return false;
831 }
832 
833 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
834 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
835                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
836   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
837 
838   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
839   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
840 
841   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
842   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
843   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
844   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
845   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
846 }
847 
848 Sema::NameClassification
849 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name,
850                    SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken,
851                    bool IsAddressOfOperand, CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
852   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
853   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
854 
855   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
856     NestedNameSpecInfo IdInfo(Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation());
857     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, IdInfo, false, SS, nullptr, false);
858   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SS.isSet() &&
859              isCurrentClassName(*Name, S, &SS)) {
860     // Per [class.qual]p2, this names the constructors of SS, not the
861     // injected-class-name. We don't have a classification for that.
862     // There's not much point caching this result, since the parser
863     // will reject it later.
864     return NameClassification::Unknown();
865   }
866 
867   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
868   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
869 
870   // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
871   // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
872   if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
873     if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
874             recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc))
875       return TypeInBase;
876   }
877 
878   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
879   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
880   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
881   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
882   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
883     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
884     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
885       return E;
886   }
887 
888   bool SecondTry = false;
889   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
890 
891 Corrected:
892   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
893   case LookupResult::NotFound:
894     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
895     // call.
896     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
897       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
898       // FIXME: Reference?
899       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
900         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
901 
902       // C90 6.3.2.2:
903       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
904       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
905       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
906       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
907       //   the function call, the declaration
908       //
909       //     extern int identifier ();
910       //
911       //   appeared.
912       //
913       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
914       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
915         Result.addDecl(D);
916         Result.resolveKind();
917         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
918       }
919     }
920 
921     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus2a && !SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::less)) {
922       // In C++20 onwards, this could be an ADL-only call to a function
923       // template, and we're required to assume that this is a template name.
924       //
925       // FIXME: Find a way to still do typo correction in this case.
926       TemplateName Template =
927           Context.getAssumedTemplateName(NameInfo.getName());
928       return NameClassification::UndeclaredTemplate(Template);
929     }
930 
931     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
932     // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum",
933     // "struct", or "union".
934     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
935         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
936       break;
937     }
938 
939     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
940     // close to this name.
941     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
942       SecondTry = true;
943       if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
944               CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Result.getLookupKind(), S,
945                           &SS, *CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
946         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
947         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
948 
949         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl();
950         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
951         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
952             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
953           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
954           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
955         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
956                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
957                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
958                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
959           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
960           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
961         }
962 
963         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
964           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
965         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
966           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
967           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
968                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
969           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
970                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
971                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
972         }
973 
974         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
975         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
976 
977         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
978         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
979           return Name;
980 
981         // Also update the LookupResult...
982         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
983         Result.clear();
984         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
985         if (FirstDecl)
986           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
987 
988         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
989         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
990         // reference the ivar.
991         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
992         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
993           Result.clear();
994           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
995           return E;
996         }
997 
998         goto Corrected;
999       }
1000     }
1001 
1002     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
1003     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1004     return NameClassification::Unknown();
1005 
1006   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
1007     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
1008     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
1009     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
1010 
1011     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
1012     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
1013     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
1014     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
1015     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
1016     //
1017     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
1018     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
1019     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
1020     // keyword here.
1021     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
1022                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
1023                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
1024   }
1025 
1026   case LookupResult::Found:
1027   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
1028   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
1029     break;
1030 
1031   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
1032     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
1033         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result, /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true,
1034                                       /*AllowDependent=*/false)) {
1035       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
1036       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
1037       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
1038       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
1039       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
1040       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
1041       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
1042       //   ambiguous.
1043       //
1044       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
1045       // so try again after filtering out template names.
1046       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
1047       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
1048         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
1049         break;
1050       }
1051     }
1052 
1053     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
1054     return NameClassification::Error();
1055   }
1056 
1057   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
1058       (IsFilteredTemplateName ||
1059        hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(
1060            Result, /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true,
1061            /*AllowDependent=*/false,
1062            /*AllowNonTemplateFunctions*/ !SS.isSet() &&
1063                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus2a))) {
1064     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
1065     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
1066     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
1067     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
1068     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
1069     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
1070     // C++2a [temp.names]p2:
1071     //   A name is also considered to refer to a template if it is an
1072     //   unqualified-id followed by a < and name lookup finds either one
1073     //   or more functions or finds nothing.
1074     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
1075       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
1076 
1077     bool IsFunctionTemplate;
1078     bool IsVarTemplate;
1079     TemplateName Template;
1080     if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
1081       IsFunctionTemplate = true;
1082       Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
1083                                                    Result.end());
1084     } else if (!Result.empty()) {
1085       auto *TD = cast<TemplateDecl>(getAsTemplateNameDecl(
1086           *Result.begin(), /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true,
1087           /*AllowDependent=*/false));
1088       IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
1089       IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
1090 
1091       if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
1092         Template =
1093             Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
1094                                              /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, TD);
1095       else
1096         Template = TemplateName(TD);
1097     } else {
1098       // All results were non-template functions. This is a function template
1099       // name.
1100       IsFunctionTemplate = true;
1101       Template = Context.getAssumedTemplateName(NameInfo.getName());
1102     }
1103 
1104     if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
1105       // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
1106       // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
1107       // to based on which function we selected.
1108       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1109 
1110       return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
1111     }
1112 
1113     return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
1114                          : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
1115   }
1116 
1117   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
1118   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
1119     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1120     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
1121     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1122     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1123       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1124     return ParsedType::make(T);
1125   }
1126 
1127   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
1128   if (!Class) {
1129     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
1130     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
1131             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
1132       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
1133   }
1134 
1135   if (Class) {
1136     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
1137 
1138     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
1139       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
1140       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
1141       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1142       return NameClassification::Unknown();
1143     }
1144 
1145     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
1146     return ParsedType::make(T);
1147   }
1148 
1149   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
1150   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) &&
1151       !isa<VarTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
1152     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
1153         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
1154 
1155   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
1156   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
1157   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star);
1158   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
1159        (NextIsOp &&
1160         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
1161       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
1162     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1163     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1164     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1165     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1166       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1167     return ParsedType::make(T);
1168   }
1169 
1170   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
1171     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
1172                                            nullptr, S);
1173 
1174   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
1175   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
1176 }
1177 
1178 Sema::TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics
1179 Sema::getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name) {
1180   auto *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl();
1181   if (!TD)
1182     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate;
1183   if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD))
1184     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::ClassTemplate;
1185   if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD))
1186     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::FunctionTemplate;
1187   if (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD))
1188     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::VarTemplate;
1189   if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD))
1190     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::AliasTemplate;
1191   if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD))
1192     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::TemplateTemplateParam;
1193   if (isa<ConceptDecl>(TD))
1194     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::Concept;
1195   return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate;
1196 }
1197 
1198 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
1199 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
1200 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
1201 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
1202 
1203   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
1204   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
1205   // the context we'll need to return to.
1206   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
1207   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
1208   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
1209   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
1210   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
1211   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
1212   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
1213   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
1214   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
1215   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
1216     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
1217 
1218     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
1219     // lexical context.
1220     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
1221       return DC;
1222 
1223     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
1224     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
1225     // class is the context we need to return to.
1226     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
1227       DC = RD;
1228 
1229     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
1230     // declared in.
1231     return DC;
1232   }
1233 
1234   return DC->getLexicalParent();
1235 }
1236 
1237 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1238   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
1239       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1240   CurContext = DC;
1241   S->setEntity(DC);
1242 }
1243 
1244 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
1245   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1246 
1247   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
1248   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1249 }
1250 
1251 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S,
1252                                                                     Decl *D) {
1253   // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily
1254   // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing
1255   // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one.
1256   auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext);
1257   CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition();
1258   assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag");
1259   // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look
1260   // into the pre-existing complete definition.
1261   S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent());
1262   return Result;
1263 }
1264 
1265 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) {
1266   CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context);
1267 }
1268 
1269 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1270 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1271 ///
1272 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1273   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
1274   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
1275   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
1276   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
1277   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
1278   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
1279   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
1280   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
1281   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
1282   //   namespace.
1283   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
1284   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
1285   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
1286   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
1287   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
1288 
1289   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
1290 
1291 #ifndef NDEBUG
1292   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1293   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1294   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
1295 #endif
1296 
1297   CurContext = DC;
1298   S->setEntity(DC);
1299 }
1300 
1301 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
1302   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
1303 
1304   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
1305   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1306   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1307   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1308   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1309 
1310   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1311   // disappear.
1312 }
1313 
1314 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1315   // We assume that the caller has already called
1316   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1317   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1318   if (!FD)
1319     return;
1320 
1321   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1322   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1323   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1324     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1325   CurContext = FD;
1326   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1327 
1328   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1329     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1330     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1331     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1332       S->AddDecl(Param);
1333       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1334     }
1335   }
1336 }
1337 
1338 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1339   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1340   // rather than the top-level class.
1341   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1342   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1343   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1344 }
1345 
1346 /// Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1347 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1348 ///
1349 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1350 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1351 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1352 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1353 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1354 /// attribute.
1355 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1356                                        ASTContext &Context,
1357                                        const FunctionDecl *New) {
1358   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1359     return true;
1360 
1361   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1362     return true;
1363 
1364   return Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found &&
1365          (Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() ||
1366           New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1367 }
1368 
1369 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1370 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1371   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1372   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1373   // scope.
1374   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1375     S = S->getParent();
1376 
1377   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1378   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1379   // into any context.
1380   if (AddToContext)
1381     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1382 
1383   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1384   // are function-local declarations.
1385   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1386       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1387         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1388       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1389     return;
1390 
1391   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1392   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1393       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1394     return;
1395 
1396   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1397   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1398                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1399   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1400     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1401       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1402       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1403 
1404       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1405       break;
1406     }
1407   }
1408 
1409   S->AddDecl(D);
1410 
1411   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1412     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1413     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1414     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1415     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1416       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1417       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1418         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1419           continue;
1420       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1421         break;
1422     }
1423 
1424     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1425   } else {
1426     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1427   }
1428 }
1429 
1430 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1431                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1432   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1433 }
1434 
1435 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1436   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1437   do {
1438     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1439       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1440         return S;
1441   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1442 
1443   return nullptr;
1444 }
1445 
1446 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1447                                             DeclContext*,
1448                                             ASTContext&);
1449 
1450 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1451 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1452 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1453                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1454                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1455   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1456   while (F.hasNext()) {
1457     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1458 
1459     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1460       continue;
1461 
1462     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1463       continue;
1464 
1465     F.erase();
1466   }
1467 
1468   F.done();
1469 }
1470 
1471 /// We've determined that \p New is a redeclaration of \p Old. Check that they
1472 /// have compatible owning modules.
1473 bool Sema::CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old) {
1474   // FIXME: The Modules TS is not clear about how friend declarations are
1475   // to be treated. It's not meaningful to have different owning modules for
1476   // linkage in redeclarations of the same entity, so for now allow the
1477   // redeclaration and change the owning modules to match.
1478   if (New->getFriendObjectKind() &&
1479       Old->getOwningModuleForLinkage() != New->getOwningModuleForLinkage()) {
1480     New->setLocalOwningModule(Old->getOwningModule());
1481     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(New);
1482     return false;
1483   }
1484 
1485   Module *NewM = New->getOwningModule();
1486   Module *OldM = Old->getOwningModule();
1487 
1488   if (NewM && NewM->Kind == Module::PrivateModuleFragment)
1489     NewM = NewM->Parent;
1490   if (OldM && OldM->Kind == Module::PrivateModuleFragment)
1491     OldM = OldM->Parent;
1492 
1493   if (NewM == OldM)
1494     return false;
1495 
1496   bool NewIsModuleInterface = NewM && NewM->isModulePurview();
1497   bool OldIsModuleInterface = OldM && OldM->isModulePurview();
1498   if (NewIsModuleInterface || OldIsModuleInterface) {
1499     // C++ Modules TS [basic.def.odr] 6.2/6.7 [sic]:
1500     //   if a declaration of D [...] appears in the purview of a module, all
1501     //   other such declarations shall appear in the purview of the same module
1502     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_mismatched_owning_module)
1503       << New
1504       << NewIsModuleInterface
1505       << (NewIsModuleInterface ? NewM->getFullModuleName() : "")
1506       << OldIsModuleInterface
1507       << (OldIsModuleInterface ? OldM->getFullModuleName() : "");
1508     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1509     New->setInvalidDecl();
1510     return true;
1511   }
1512 
1513   return false;
1514 }
1515 
1516 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1517   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1518          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1519          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1520 }
1521 
1522 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1523 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1524   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1525   while (F.hasNext())
1526     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1527       F.erase();
1528 
1529   F.done();
1530 }
1531 
1532 /// Check for this common pattern:
1533 /// @code
1534 /// class S {
1535 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1536 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1537 /// };
1538 /// @endcode
1539 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1540   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1541   // the decl here.
1542   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1543     return false;
1544 
1545   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1546     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1547   return D->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1548 }
1549 
1550 // We need this to handle
1551 //
1552 // typedef struct {
1553 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1554 // } A;
1555 //
1556 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1557 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1558 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1559 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1560 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1561 // not.
1562 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1563   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1564   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1565     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1566       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1567         return true;
1568     }
1569     DC = DC->getParent();
1570   }
1571 
1572   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1573 }
1574 
1575 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1576 // these semantics.
1577 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1578   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1579     return false;
1580   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1581 }
1582 
1583 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1584   assert(D);
1585 
1586   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1587     return false;
1588 
1589   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1590   // of members of class templates.
1591   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1592       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1593     return false;
1594 
1595   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1596     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1597       return false;
1598     // A non-out-of-line declaration of a member specialization was implicitly
1599     // instantiated; it's the out-of-line declaration that we're interested in.
1600     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization &&
1601         FD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !FD->isOutOfLine())
1602       return false;
1603 
1604     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1605       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1606         return false;
1607     } else {
1608       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1609       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1610         return false;
1611     }
1612 
1613     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1614         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1615       return false;
1616   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1617     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1618     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1619     // like "inline".)
1620     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1621       return false;
1622 
1623     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1624       return false;
1625 
1626     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1627         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1628       return false;
1629     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1630         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization &&
1631         VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !VD->isOutOfLine())
1632       return false;
1633 
1634     if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1635       return false;
1636   } else {
1637     return false;
1638   }
1639 
1640   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1641   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1642   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1643   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1644 }
1645 
1646 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1647   if (!D)
1648     return;
1649 
1650   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1651     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1652     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1653       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1654   }
1655 
1656   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1657     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1658     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1659       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1660   }
1661 
1662   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1663     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1664 }
1665 
1666 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1667   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1668     return false;
1669 
1670   bool Referenced = false;
1671   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) {
1672     // For a decomposition declaration, warn if none of the bindings are
1673     // referenced, instead of if the variable itself is referenced (which
1674     // it is, by the bindings' expressions).
1675     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) {
1676       if (BD->isReferenced()) {
1677         Referenced = true;
1678         break;
1679       }
1680     }
1681   } else if (!D->getDeclName()) {
1682     return false;
1683   } else if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed()) {
1684     Referenced = true;
1685   }
1686 
1687   if (Referenced || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1688       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1689     return false;
1690 
1691   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1692     return true;
1693 
1694   // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to
1695   // functions.
1696   bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod();
1697   if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()))
1698     // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred.
1699     WithinFunction =
1700         WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType());
1701   if (!WithinFunction)
1702     return false;
1703 
1704   if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D))
1705     return true;
1706 
1707   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1708   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D))
1709     return false;
1710 
1711   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1712   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1713 
1714     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1715     const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr();
1716 
1717     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1718     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1719       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1720         return false;
1721     }
1722 
1723     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1724     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1725     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1726       return false;
1727 
1728     // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is
1729     // consistent for both scalars and arrays.
1730     Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
1731 
1732     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1733       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1734       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1735         return false;
1736 
1737       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1738         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1739           return false;
1740 
1741         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1742           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1743                   dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1744             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1745           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1746             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1747           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1748             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1749             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>() &&
1750                 (VD->getInit()->isValueDependent() || !VD->evaluateValue()))
1751               return false;
1752           }
1753         }
1754       }
1755     }
1756 
1757     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1758   }
1759 
1760   return true;
1761 }
1762 
1763 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1764                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1765   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1766     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(
1767         D->getEndLoc(), tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(),
1768         true);
1769     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1770       return;
1771     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
1772         CharSourceRange::getCharRange(D->getBeginLoc(), AfterColon));
1773   }
1774 }
1775 
1776 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) {
1777   if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType())
1778     return;
1779 
1780   for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) {
1781     if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD))
1782       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T);
1783     else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD))
1784       DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R);
1785   }
1786 }
1787 
1788 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1789 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1790 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1791   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1792     return;
1793 
1794   if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
1795     // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted
1796     // at end-of-translation-unit.
1797     UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD);
1798     return;
1799   }
1800 
1801   FixItHint Hint;
1802   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1803 
1804   unsigned DiagID;
1805   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1806     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1807   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1808     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1809   else
1810     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1811 
1812   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D << Hint;
1813 }
1814 
1815 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1816   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1817   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1818   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved
1819   // MS inline assembly label name.
1820   bool Diagnose = false;
1821   if (L->isMSAsmLabel())
1822     Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel();
1823   else
1824     Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr;
1825   if (Diagnose)
1826     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1827 }
1828 
1829 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1830   S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
1831 
1832   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1833   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1834          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1835 
1836   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1837     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1838 
1839     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1840     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1841 
1842     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1843     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) {
1844       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1845       if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D))
1846         DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD);
1847     }
1848 
1849     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1850 
1851     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1852     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1853       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1854 
1855     // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't
1856     // already.
1857     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1858     auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D);
1859     if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) {
1860       if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) {
1861         Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field)
1862             << D << FD << FD->getParent();
1863         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1864       }
1865       ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI);
1866     }
1867   }
1868 }
1869 
1870 /// Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1871 ///
1872 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1873 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1874 /// to the fixed name.
1875 ///
1876 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1877 ///
1878 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1879 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1880 ///
1881 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1882 /// class could not be found.
1883 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1884                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1885                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1886   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1887   // creation from this context.
1888   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1889 
1890   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1891     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1892     // find an Objective-C class name.
1893     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> CCC{};
1894     if (TypoCorrection C =
1895             CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName,
1896                         TUScope, nullptr, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
1897       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1898       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1899       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1900     }
1901   }
1902   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1903   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1904   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1905       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1906   return Def;
1907 }
1908 
1909 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1910 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1911 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1912 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1913 /// ill-formed in C++:
1914 /// @code
1915 /// struct S6 {
1916 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1917 /// };
1918 ///
1919 /// void test_S6() {
1920 ///   struct S6 a;
1921 ///   a.e = BAR;
1922 /// }
1923 /// @endcode
1924 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1925 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1926 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1927 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1928 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1929 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1930 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1931 /// contain non-field names.
1932 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1933   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1934          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1935          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1936     S = S->getParent();
1937   return S;
1938 }
1939 
1940 /// Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1941 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1942 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1943 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1944 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1945                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1946   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1947     return;
1948   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1949 
1950   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1951                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1952   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1953   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1954     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1955       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1956 }
1957 
1958 static StringRef getHeaderName(Builtin::Context &BuiltinInfo, unsigned ID,
1959                                ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) {
1960   switch (Error) {
1961   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1962     return "";
1963   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_type:
1964     return BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID);
1965   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1966     return "stdio.h";
1967   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1968     return "setjmp.h";
1969   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1970     return "ucontext.h";
1971   }
1972   llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind");
1973 }
1974 
1975 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1976 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1977 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1978 /// built-in.
1979 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
1980                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1981                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1982   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1983 
1984   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1985   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error);
1986   if (Error) {
1987     if (!ForRedeclaration)
1988       return nullptr;
1989 
1990     // If we have a builtin without an associated type we should not emit a
1991     // warning when we were not able to find a type for it.
1992     if (Error == ASTContext::GE_Missing_type)
1993       return nullptr;
1994 
1995     // If we could not find a type for setjmp it is because the jmp_buf type was
1996     // not defined prior to the setjmp declaration.
1997     if (Error == ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp) {
1998       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_no_jmp_buf)
1999           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
2000       return nullptr;
2001     }
2002 
2003     // Generally, we emit a warning that the declaration requires the
2004     // appropriate header.
2005     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader)
2006         << getHeaderName(Context.BuiltinInfo, ID, Error)
2007         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
2008     return nullptr;
2009   }
2010 
2011   if (!ForRedeclaration &&
2012       (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) ||
2013        Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) {
2014     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
2015         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R;
2016     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) &&
2017         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc))
2018       Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare)
2019           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID)
2020           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
2021   }
2022 
2023   if (R.isNull())
2024     return nullptr;
2025 
2026   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
2027   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2028     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
2029         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
2030                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
2031     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
2032     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
2033     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
2034   }
2035 
2036   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
2037                                            Parent,
2038                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
2039                                            SC_Extern,
2040                                            false,
2041                                            R->isFunctionProtoType());
2042   New->setImplicit();
2043 
2044   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
2045   // FunctionDecl.
2046   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
2047     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2048     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
2049       ParmVarDecl *parm =
2050           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
2051                               nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
2052                               SC_None, nullptr);
2053       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
2054       Params.push_back(parm);
2055     }
2056     New->setParams(Params);
2057   }
2058 
2059   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
2060   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
2061 
2062   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
2063   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
2064   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
2065   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
2066   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
2067   CurContext = Parent;
2068   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
2069   CurContext = SavedContext;
2070   return New;
2071 }
2072 
2073 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same
2074 /// entity if their types are the same.
2075 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's
2076 /// isSameEntity.
2077 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S,
2078                                                      TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
2079                                                      LookupResult &Previous) {
2080   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
2081   if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
2082     return;
2083 
2084   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
2085   if (Previous.empty())
2086     return;
2087 
2088   LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter();
2089   while (Filter.hasNext()) {
2090     NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next();
2091 
2092     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
2093     if (S.isVisible(Old))
2094       continue;
2095 
2096     // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have
2097     // different linkages.
2098     if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2099       if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(),
2100                                 Decl->getUnderlyingType()))
2101         continue;
2102 
2103       // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage
2104       // purposes, then they declare the same entity.
2105       if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) &&
2106           Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName())
2107         continue;
2108     }
2109 
2110     Filter.erase();
2111   }
2112 
2113   Filter.done();
2114 }
2115 
2116 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
2117   QualType OldType;
2118   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
2119     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
2120   else
2121     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
2122   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
2123 
2124   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
2125     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
2126     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
2127     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
2128       << Kind << NewType;
2129     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
2130       notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2131     New->setInvalidDecl();
2132     return true;
2133   }
2134 
2135   if (OldType != NewType &&
2136       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
2137       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
2138       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
2139     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
2140     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
2141       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
2142     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
2143       notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2144     New->setInvalidDecl();
2145     return true;
2146   }
2147   return false;
2148 }
2149 
2150 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
2151 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
2152 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
2153 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
2154 ///
2155 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New,
2156                                 LookupResult &OldDecls) {
2157   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
2158   // merging checks.
2159   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
2160 
2161   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
2162   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
2163   if (getLangOpts().ObjC) {
2164     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
2165     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
2166     default: break;
2167     case 2:
2168       {
2169         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
2170           break;
2171         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
2172         if (!T->isPointerType())
2173           break;
2174         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
2175           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2176           if (!PT->isStructureType())
2177             break;
2178         }
2179         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
2180         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
2181         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
2182         return;
2183       }
2184     case 5:
2185       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
2186         break;
2187       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
2188       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
2189       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
2190       return;
2191     case 3:
2192       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
2193         break;
2194       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
2195       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
2196       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
2197       return;
2198     }
2199     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
2200   }
2201 
2202   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
2203   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
2204   if (!Old) {
2205     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2206       << New->getDeclName();
2207 
2208     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
2209     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
2210       notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation());
2211 
2212     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2213   }
2214 
2215   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2216   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2217     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2218 
2219   if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2220     auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true);
2221     auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName();
2222     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
2223     if (OldTag && NewTag &&
2224         OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() &&
2225         !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) {
2226       // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it
2227       // instead of our tag.
2228       New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl());
2229       if (OldTD->isModed())
2230         New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(),
2231                                     OldTD->getUnderlyingType());
2232       else
2233         New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo());
2234 
2235       // Make the old tag definition visible.
2236       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden);
2237 
2238       // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators
2239       // out of the scope.
2240       if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) {
2241         Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
2242         for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) {
2243           auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
2244           assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED));
2245           EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED);
2246           IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED);
2247           ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED);
2248         }
2249       }
2250     }
2251   }
2252 
2253   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
2254   // with any extensions enabled.
2255   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
2256     return;
2257 
2258   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
2259   // the old declaration was a typedef.
2260   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2261     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
2262     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2263   }
2264 
2265   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
2266     return;
2267 
2268   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2269     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
2270     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
2271     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
2272     //   to the type to which it already refers.
2273     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
2274       return;
2275 
2276     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
2277     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
2278     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
2279     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
2280     //
2281     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
2282     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
2283     //
2284     //   struct S {
2285     //     typedef struct A { } A;
2286     //   };
2287     //
2288     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
2289     // allow the above but disallow
2290     //
2291     //   struct S {
2292     //     typedef int I;
2293     //     typedef int I;
2294     //   };
2295     //
2296     // since that was the intent of DR56.
2297     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
2298       return;
2299 
2300     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2301       << New->getDeclName();
2302     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2303     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2304   }
2305 
2306   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
2307   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
2308     return;
2309 
2310   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
2311   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
2312   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
2313   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
2314   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
2315       // Some standard types are defined implicitly in Clang (e.g. OpenCL).
2316       (Old->isImplicit() ||
2317        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
2318        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
2319     return;
2320 
2321   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
2322     << New->getDeclName();
2323   notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2324 }
2325 
2326 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
2327 /// attribute.
2328 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
2329   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
2330   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
2331   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
2332     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
2333       if (Ann) {
2334         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
2335           return true;
2336         continue;
2337       }
2338       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
2339       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
2340         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
2341       return true;
2342     }
2343 
2344   return false;
2345 }
2346 
2347 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
2348   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2349     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
2350   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2351     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
2352   return true;
2353 }
2354 
2355 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
2356 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
2357 ///
2358 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
2359 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
2360   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
2361   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
2362   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2363   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
2364   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
2365   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2366     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
2367     // in a case like:
2368     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
2369     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
2370     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
2371     // definition in such a case.
2372     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2373       return false;
2374 
2375     if (I->isAlignas())
2376       OldAlignasAttr = I;
2377 
2378     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2379     if (Align > OldAlign) {
2380       OldAlign = Align;
2381       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
2382     }
2383   }
2384 
2385   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
2386   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2387   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
2388   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2389     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2390       return false;
2391 
2392     if (I->isAlignas())
2393       NewAlignasAttr = I;
2394 
2395     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2396     if (Align > NewAlign)
2397       NewAlign = Align;
2398   }
2399 
2400   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2401     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
2402     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
2403     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
2404     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
2405 
2406     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
2407     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
2408     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
2409       QualType Ty;
2410       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
2411         Ty = VD->getType();
2412       else
2413         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
2414 
2415       if (OldAlign == 0)
2416         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2417       if (NewAlign == 0)
2418         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2419     }
2420 
2421     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2422       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
2423         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
2424         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
2425       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2426     }
2427   }
2428 
2429   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
2430     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2431     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2432     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2433     //   equivalent alignment.
2434     // C11 6.7.5/7:
2435     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2436     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2437     //   have no alignment specifier.
2438     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2439       << OldAlignasAttr;
2440     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2441       << OldAlignasAttr;
2442   }
2443 
2444   bool AnyAdded = false;
2445 
2446   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
2447   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
2448     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
2449     Clone->setInherited(true);
2450     New->addAttr(Clone);
2451     AnyAdded = true;
2452   }
2453 
2454   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
2455   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
2456       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
2457     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
2458     Clone->setInherited(true);
2459     New->addAttr(Clone);
2460     AnyAdded = true;
2461   }
2462 
2463   return AnyAdded;
2464 }
2465 
2466 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
2467                                const InheritableAttr *Attr,
2468                                Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2469   // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the
2470   // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute
2471   // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates.
2472   // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from
2473   // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from
2474   // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent
2475   // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here.
2476   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
2477   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
2478     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(
2479         D, *AA, AA->getPlatform(), AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(),
2480         AA->getDeprecated(), AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
2481         AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), AA->getReplacement(), AMK,
2482         AA->getPriority());
2483   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2484     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, *VA, VA->getVisibility());
2485   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2486     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, *VA, VA->getVisibility());
2487   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
2488     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, *ImportA);
2489   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2490     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, *ExportA);
2491   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2492     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, *FA, FA->getType(), FA->getFormatIdx(),
2493                                 FA->getFirstArg());
2494   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2495     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, *SA, SA->getName());
2496   else if (const auto *CSA = dyn_cast<CodeSegAttr>(Attr))
2497     NewAttr = S.mergeCodeSegAttr(D, *CSA, CSA->getName());
2498   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2499     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, *IA, IA->getBestCase(),
2500                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling());
2501   else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr))
2502     NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, *AA,
2503                                       &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()));
2504   else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
2505            (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) ||
2506             isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) {
2507     // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for
2508     // overloading purposes and must not be merged.
2509     return false;
2510   } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr))
2511     NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, *MA);
2512   else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr))
2513     NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, *OA);
2514   else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr))
2515     NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr(D, *InternalLinkageA);
2516   else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr))
2517     NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, *CommonA);
2518   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2519     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2520     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2521     NewAttr = nullptr;
2522   else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) &&
2523            (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override ||
2524             AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation))
2525     NewAttr = nullptr;
2526   else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr))
2527     NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, *UA, UA->getGuid());
2528   else if (const auto *SLHA = dyn_cast<SpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr>(Attr))
2529     NewAttr = S.mergeSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr(D, *SLHA);
2530   else if (const auto *SLHA = dyn_cast<NoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr>(Attr))
2531     NewAttr = S.mergeNoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr(D, *SLHA);
2532   else if (Attr->shouldInheritEvenIfAlreadyPresent() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2533     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2534 
2535   if (NewAttr) {
2536     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2537     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2538     if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr))
2539       S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D));
2540     return true;
2541   }
2542 
2543   return false;
2544 }
2545 
2546 static const NamedDecl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2547   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2548     return TD->getDefinition();
2549   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2550     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2551     if (Def)
2552       return Def;
2553     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2554   }
2555   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
2556     return FD->getDefinition();
2557   return nullptr;
2558 }
2559 
2560 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2561   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2562     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2563       return true;
2564   return false;
2565 }
2566 
2567 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2568 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2569 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2570   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2571     return;
2572 
2573   const NamedDecl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2574   if (!Def || Def == New)
2575     return;
2576 
2577   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2578   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2579     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2580 
2581     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2582       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) {
2583         Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody;
2584         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody);
2585 
2586         // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute.
2587         if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) {
2588           NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2589           --E;
2590           continue;
2591         }
2592       } else {
2593         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2594         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2595                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2596                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2597                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2598         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2599         if (Diag == diag::err_redefinition)
2600           S.notePreviousDefinition(Def, VD->getLocation());
2601         else
2602           S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2603         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2604       }
2605       ++I;
2606       continue;
2607     }
2608 
2609     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2610       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2611       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2612         ++I;
2613         continue;
2614       }
2615     }
2616 
2617     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2618       ++I;
2619       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2620     }
2621 
2622     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2623       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2624       ++I;
2625       continue;
2626     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2627       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2628         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2629         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2630         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2631         //   equivalent alignment.
2632         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2633         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2634         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2635         //   have no alignment specifier.
2636         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2637           << AA;
2638         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2639           << AA;
2640         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2641         --E;
2642         continue;
2643       }
2644     } else if (isa<SelectAnyAttr>(NewAttribute) &&
2645                cast<VarDecl>(New)->isInline() &&
2646                !cast<VarDecl>(New)->isInlineSpecified()) {
2647       // Don't warn about applying selectany to implicitly inline variables.
2648       // Older compilers and language modes would require the use of selectany
2649       // to make such variables inline, and it would have no effect if we
2650       // honored it.
2651       ++I;
2652       continue;
2653     }
2654 
2655     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2656            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2657     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2658     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2659     --E;
2660   }
2661 }
2662 
2663 static void diagnoseMissingConstinit(Sema &S, const VarDecl *InitDecl,
2664                                      const ConstInitAttr *CIAttr,
2665                                      bool AttrBeforeInit) {
2666   SourceLocation InsertLoc = InitDecl->getInnerLocStart();
2667 
2668   // Figure out a good way to write this specifier on the old declaration.
2669   // FIXME: We should just use the spelling of CIAttr, but we don't preserve
2670   // enough of the attribute list spelling information to extract that without
2671   // heroics.
2672   std::string SuitableSpelling;
2673   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus2a)
2674     SuitableSpelling =
2675         S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling(InsertLoc, {tok::kw_constinit});
2676   if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
2677     SuitableSpelling = S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling(
2678         InsertLoc,
2679         {tok::l_square, tok::l_square, S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("clang"),
2680          tok::coloncolon,
2681          S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("require_constant_initialization"),
2682          tok::r_square, tok::r_square});
2683   if (SuitableSpelling.empty())
2684     SuitableSpelling = S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling(
2685         InsertLoc,
2686         {tok::kw___attribute, tok::l_paren, tok::r_paren,
2687          S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("require_constant_initialization"),
2688          tok::r_paren, tok::r_paren});
2689   if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus2a)
2690     SuitableSpelling = "constinit";
2691   if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
2692     SuitableSpelling = "[[clang::require_constant_initialization]]";
2693   if (SuitableSpelling.empty())
2694     SuitableSpelling = "__attribute__((require_constant_initialization))";
2695   SuitableSpelling += " ";
2696 
2697   if (AttrBeforeInit) {
2698     // extern constinit int a;
2699     // int a = 0; // error (missing 'constinit'), accepted as extension
2700     assert(CIAttr->isConstinit() && "should not diagnose this for attribute");
2701     S.Diag(InitDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_constinit_missing)
2702         << InitDecl << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, SuitableSpelling);
2703     S.Diag(CIAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_constinit_specified_here);
2704   } else {
2705     // int a = 0;
2706     // constinit extern int a; // error (missing 'constinit')
2707     S.Diag(CIAttr->getLocation(),
2708            CIAttr->isConstinit() ? diag::err_constinit_added_too_late
2709                                  : diag::warn_require_const_init_added_too_late)
2710         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(CIAttr->getLocation()));
2711     S.Diag(InitDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_constinit_missing_here)
2712         << CIAttr->isConstinit()
2713         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, SuitableSpelling);
2714   }
2715 }
2716 
2717 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2718 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2719                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2720   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2721     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2722     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2723     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2724   }
2725 
2726   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2727     return;
2728 
2729   // [dcl.constinit]p1:
2730   //   If the [constinit] specifier is applied to any declaration of a
2731   //   variable, it shall be applied to the initializing declaration.
2732   const auto *OldConstInit = Old->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>();
2733   const auto *NewConstInit = New->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>();
2734   if (bool(OldConstInit) != bool(NewConstInit)) {
2735     const auto *OldVD = cast<VarDecl>(Old);
2736     auto *NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2737 
2738     // Find the initializing declaration. Note that we might not have linked
2739     // the new declaration into the redeclaration chain yet.
2740     const VarDecl *InitDecl = OldVD->getInitializingDeclaration();
2741     if (!InitDecl &&
2742         (NewVD->hasInit() || NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()))
2743       InitDecl = NewVD;
2744 
2745     if (InitDecl == NewVD) {
2746       // This is the initializing declaration. If it would inherit 'constinit',
2747       // that's ill-formed. (Note that we do not apply this to the attribute
2748       // form).
2749       if (OldConstInit && OldConstInit->isConstinit())
2750         diagnoseMissingConstinit(*this, NewVD, OldConstInit,
2751                                  /*AttrBeforeInit=*/true);
2752     } else if (NewConstInit) {
2753       // This is the first time we've been told that this declaration should
2754       // have a constant initializer. If we already saw the initializing
2755       // declaration, this is too late.
2756       if (InitDecl && InitDecl != NewVD) {
2757         diagnoseMissingConstinit(*this, InitDecl, NewConstInit,
2758                                  /*AttrBeforeInit=*/false);
2759         NewVD->dropAttr<ConstInitAttr>();
2760       }
2761     }
2762   }
2763 
2764   // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored.
2765   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2766 
2767   if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) {
2768     if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) {
2769       if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) {
2770         // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label.
2771         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label);
2772         Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2773       }
2774     } else if (Old->isUsed()) {
2775       // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has
2776       // already been ODR-used.
2777       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name)
2778         << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange();
2779     }
2780   }
2781 
2782   // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's.
2783   if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) {
2784     if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) {
2785       for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) {
2786         if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(),
2787                       NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) {
2788           Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(),
2789                diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration)
2790               << NewTag;
2791           Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2792         }
2793       }
2794     } else {
2795       Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration);
2796       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2797     }
2798   }
2799 
2800   // This redeclaration adds a section attribute.
2801   if (New->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && !Old->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
2802     if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(New)) {
2803       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) {
2804         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_section_on_redeclaration);
2805         Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2806       }
2807     }
2808   }
2809 
2810   // Redeclaration adds code-seg attribute.
2811   const auto *NewCSA = New->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>();
2812   if (NewCSA && !Old->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>() &&
2813       !NewCSA->isImplicit() && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New)) {
2814     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_section)
2815          << 0 /*codeseg*/;
2816     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2817   }
2818 
2819   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2820     return;
2821 
2822   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2823 
2824   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2825   // we process them.
2826   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2827 
2828   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2829     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2830     AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None;
2831     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2832         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2833         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2834       switch (AMK) {
2835       case AMK_None:
2836         continue;
2837 
2838       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2839       case AMK_Override:
2840       case AMK_ProtocolImplementation:
2841         LocalAMK = AMK;
2842         break;
2843       }
2844     }
2845 
2846     // Already handled.
2847     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2848       continue;
2849 
2850     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK))
2851       foundAny = true;
2852   }
2853 
2854   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2855     foundAny = true;
2856 
2857   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2858 }
2859 
2860 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2861 /// to the new one.
2862 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2863                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2864                                      Sema &S) {
2865   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2866   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2867   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2868   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2869   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2870   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2871     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2872            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2873     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2874     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2875     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2876       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2877     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2878       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2879     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2880            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2881   }
2882 
2883   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2884     return;
2885 
2886   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2887 
2888   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2889   // done before we process them.
2890   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2891 
2892   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2893     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2894       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2895         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
2896       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2897       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2898       foundAny = true;
2899     }
2900   }
2901 
2902   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2903 }
2904 
2905 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam,
2906                                 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam,
2907                                 Sema &S) {
2908   if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2909     if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2910       if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) {
2911         S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr)
2912           << DiagNullabilityKind(
2913                *Newnullability,
2914                ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
2915                 != 0))
2916           << DiagNullabilityKind(
2917                *Oldnullability,
2918                ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
2919                 != 0));
2920         S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2921       }
2922     } else {
2923       QualType NewT = NewParam->getType();
2924       NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType(
2925                          AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability),
2926                          NewT, NewT);
2927       NewParam->setType(NewT);
2928     }
2929   }
2930 }
2931 
2932 namespace {
2933 
2934 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2935 /// C.
2936 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2937   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2938   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2939   QualType PromotedType;
2940 };
2941 
2942 } // end anonymous namespace
2943 
2944 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2945 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2946   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2947     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2948       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2949 
2950     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2951       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2952 
2953     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2954       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2955   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2956     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2957   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2958     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2959   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2960     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2961   }
2962 
2963   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2964 }
2965 
2966 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
2967 // declaration, or a declaration.
2968 template <typename T>
2969 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
2970 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2971   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2972   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2973   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2974     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2975   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2976     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2977     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2978       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2979   } else
2980     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2981   return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
2982 }
2983 
2984 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2985 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2986 /// GNU89 mode.
2987 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2988                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2989   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2990           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2991           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2992           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2993 }
2994 
2995 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2996   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2997   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2998     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2999   return AT;
3000 }
3001 
3002 template <typename T>
3003 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
3004   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
3005   if (DC->isRecord())
3006     return false;
3007 
3008   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
3009   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
3010     return true;
3011   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
3012     return true;
3013   return false;
3014 }
3015 
3016 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); }
3017 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; }
3018 
3019 /// Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a
3020 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload
3021 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration).
3022 template<typename ExpectedDecl>
3023 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS,
3024                                    ExpectedDecl *New) {
3025   // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4:
3026   //   Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of
3027   //   which specifies the same unqualified name,
3028   //   -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions
3029   //      and function templates; or
3030   //   -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration
3031   //      name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all
3032   //      refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions
3033   //      and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration
3034   //      name is hidden (3.3.10).
3035 
3036   // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
3037   //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
3038   //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
3039   //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
3040   //   function, the program is ill-formed.
3041 
3042   auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl());
3043   if (Old &&
3044       !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
3045           New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
3046       !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New)))
3047     Old = nullptr;
3048 
3049   if (!Old) {
3050     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
3051     S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target);
3052     S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
3053     return true;
3054   }
3055   return false;
3056 }
3057 
3058 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A,
3059                                             const FunctionDecl *B) {
3060   assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams());
3061 
3062   auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) {
3063     const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>();
3064     const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>();
3065     if (AttrA == AttrB)
3066       return true;
3067     return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType() &&
3068            AttrA->isDynamic() == AttrB->isDynamic();
3069   };
3070 
3071   return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq);
3072 }
3073 
3074 /// If necessary, adjust the semantic declaration context for a qualified
3075 /// declaration to name the correct inline namespace within the qualifier.
3076 static void adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(DeclaratorDecl *NewD,
3077                                                DeclaratorDecl *OldD) {
3078   // The only case where we need to update the DeclContext is when
3079   // redeclaration lookup for a qualified name finds a declaration
3080   // in an inline namespace within the context named by the qualifier:
3081   //
3082   //   inline namespace N { int f(); }
3083   //   int ::f(); // Sema DC needs adjusting from :: to N::.
3084   //
3085   // For unqualified declarations, the semantic context *can* change
3086   // along the redeclaration chain (for local extern declarations,
3087   // extern "C" declarations, and friend declarations in particular).
3088   if (!NewD->getQualifier())
3089     return;
3090 
3091   // NewD is probably already in the right context.
3092   auto *NamedDC = NewD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
3093   auto *SemaDC = OldD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
3094   if (NamedDC->Equals(SemaDC))
3095     return;
3096 
3097   assert((NamedDC->InEnclosingNamespaceSetOf(SemaDC) ||
3098           NewD->isInvalidDecl() || OldD->isInvalidDecl()) &&
3099          "unexpected context for redeclaration");
3100 
3101   auto *LexDC = NewD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3102   auto FixSemaDC = [=](NamedDecl *D) {
3103     if (!D)
3104       return;
3105     D->setDeclContext(SemaDC);
3106     D->setLexicalDeclContext(LexDC);
3107   };
3108 
3109   FixSemaDC(NewD);
3110   if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewD))
3111     FixSemaDC(FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate());
3112   else if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewD))
3113     FixSemaDC(VD->getDescribedVarTemplate());
3114 }
3115 
3116 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
3117 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
3118 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
3119 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3120 ///
3121 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
3122 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
3123 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
3124 /// merged with.
3125 ///
3126 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
3127 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
3128                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3129   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
3130   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
3131   if (!Old) {
3132     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
3133       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
3134         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
3135         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
3136              diag::note_using_decl_target);
3137         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
3138              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
3139         return true;
3140       }
3141 
3142       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
3143       if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
3144         return true;
3145       OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
3146     } else {
3147       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3148         << New->getDeclName();
3149       notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation());
3150       return true;
3151     }
3152   }
3153 
3154   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
3155   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
3156     return true;
3157 
3158   // Disallow redeclaration of some builtins.
3159   if (!getASTContext().canBuiltinBeRedeclared(Old)) {
3160     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_redeclare) << Old->getDeclName();
3161     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
3162         << Old << Old->getType();
3163     return true;
3164   }
3165 
3166   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3167   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3168   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3169       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3170 
3171   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
3172   // is an extern inline function.
3173   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
3174   // storage classes.
3175   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
3176       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3177       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
3178       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
3179       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
3180     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3181       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
3182       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3183     } else {
3184       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
3185       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3186       return true;
3187     }
3188   }
3189 
3190   if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() &&
3191       !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) {
3192     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration)
3193         << New->getDeclName();
3194     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
3195     New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>();
3196   }
3197 
3198   if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old))
3199     return true;
3200 
3201   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3202     bool OldOvl = Old->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
3203     if (OldOvl != New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && !Old->isImplicit()) {
3204       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_mismatch)
3205         << New << OldOvl;
3206 
3207       // Try our best to find a decl that actually has the overloadable
3208       // attribute for the note. In most cases (e.g. programs with only one
3209       // broken declaration/definition), this won't matter.
3210       //
3211       // FIXME: We could do this if we juggled some extra state in
3212       // OverloadableAttr, rather than just removing it.
3213       const Decl *DiagOld = Old;
3214       if (OldOvl) {
3215         auto OldIter = llvm::find_if(Old->redecls(), [](const Decl *D) {
3216           const auto *A = D->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
3217           return A && !A->isImplicit();
3218         });
3219         // If we've implicitly added *all* of the overloadable attrs to this
3220         // chain, emitting a "previous redecl" note is pointless.
3221         DiagOld = OldIter == Old->redecls_end() ? nullptr : *OldIter;
3222       }
3223 
3224       if (DiagOld)
3225         Diag(DiagOld->getLocation(),
3226              diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload)
3227           << OldOvl;
3228 
3229       if (OldOvl)
3230         New->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
3231       else
3232         New->dropAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
3233     }
3234   }
3235 
3236   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
3237   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
3238   // convention of the first.
3239   //
3240   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
3241   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
3242   //
3243   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
3244   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
3245   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
3246   //
3247   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
3248   // other tests to run.
3249   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
3250   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
3251   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
3252   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
3253   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
3254   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
3255   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
3256 
3257   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
3258     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
3259     const FunctionType *FT =
3260         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
3261     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
3262     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
3263     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
3264       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
3265       // there but not here.
3266       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
3267       RequiresAdjustment = true;
3268     } else if (New->getBuiltinID()) {
3269       // Calling Conventions on a Builtin aren't really useful and setting a
3270       // default calling convention and cdecl'ing some builtin redeclarations is
3271       // common, so warn and ignore the calling convention on the redeclaration.
3272       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_cconv_unsupported)
3273           << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
3274           << (int)CallingConventionIgnoredReason::BuiltinFunction;
3275       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
3276       RequiresAdjustment = true;
3277     } else {
3278       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
3279       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
3280       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
3281         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
3282         << !FirstCCExplicit
3283         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
3284             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
3285 
3286       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
3287       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3288       return true;
3289     }
3290   }
3291 
3292   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
3293   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
3294     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
3295     RequiresAdjustment = true;
3296   }
3297 
3298   // Merge regparm attribute.
3299   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
3300       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
3301     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
3302       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
3303         << NewType->getRegParmType()
3304         << OldType->getRegParmType();
3305       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
3306       return true;
3307     }
3308 
3309     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
3310     RequiresAdjustment = true;
3311   }
3312 
3313   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
3314   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
3315     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
3316       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch)
3317           << "'ns_returns_retained'";
3318       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
3319       return true;
3320     }
3321 
3322     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
3323     RequiresAdjustment = true;
3324   }
3325 
3326   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs() !=
3327       NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) {
3328     if (NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) {
3329       AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr *Attr =
3330         New->getAttr<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>();
3331       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) << Attr;
3332       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
3333       return true;
3334     }
3335 
3336     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoCallerSavedRegs(true);
3337     RequiresAdjustment = true;
3338   }
3339 
3340   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
3341     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
3342     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
3343     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
3344     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
3345   }
3346 
3347   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
3348   // UndefinedButUsed.
3349   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
3350       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
3351       !getLangOpts().GNUInline &&
3352       Old->isUsed(false) &&
3353       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
3354     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
3355                                            SourceLocation()));
3356 
3357   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
3358   // about it.
3359   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
3360       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
3361     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
3362   }
3363 
3364   // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid
3365   // redeclaration.
3366   if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() &&
3367       !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) {
3368     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params)
3369         << New->getDeclName();
3370     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3371     return true;
3372   }
3373 
3374   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3375     // C++1z [over.load]p2
3376     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
3377     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type,
3378     //        the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded.
3379 
3380     // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of
3381     // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the
3382     // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before
3383     // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType
3384     // but do not necessarily update the type of New.
3385     if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New))
3386       return true;
3387     OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
3388     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
3389 
3390     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
3391     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
3392     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
3393     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
3394     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
3395     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = Old->getDeclaredReturnType();
3396     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = New->getDeclaredReturnType();
3397     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
3398         canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewDeclaredReturnType,
3399                                        OldDeclaredReturnType)) {
3400       QualType ResQT;
3401       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3402           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3403         // FIXME: This does the wrong thing for a deduced return type.
3404         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
3405       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
3406         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
3407           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type)
3408               << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3409         else
3410           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type)
3411               << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3412         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType()
3413                                     << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3414         return true;
3415       }
3416       else
3417         NewQType = ResQT;
3418     }
3419 
3420     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
3421     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
3422     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
3423       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
3424       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
3425       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
3426       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
3427         New->setType(
3428             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
3429                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
3430                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
3431         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
3432             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
3433                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
3434                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
3435       }
3436     }
3437 
3438     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
3439     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
3440     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
3441       // Preserve triviality.
3442       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
3443 
3444       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
3445       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
3446       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
3447       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
3448                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
3449                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
3450       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
3451 
3452       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3453           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
3454         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
3455         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
3456         //       is a static member function declaration.
3457         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
3458           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
3459           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3460           return true;
3461         }
3462 
3463         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3464         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
3465         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
3466         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
3467         if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) {
3468           unsigned NewDiag;
3469           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
3470             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
3471           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
3472             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
3473           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
3474             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
3475           else
3476             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
3477 
3478           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
3479         } else {
3480           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
3481             << New << New->getType();
3482         }
3483         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3484         return true;
3485 
3486       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
3487       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
3488       //
3489       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
3490       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
3491       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
3492         if (isFriend) {
3493           NewMethod->setImplicit();
3494         } else {
3495           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
3496                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
3497             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
3498           return true;
3499         }
3500       } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
3501         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
3502              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
3503           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
3504         return true;
3505       }
3506     }
3507 
3508     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
3509     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
3510     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
3511     //   attribute.
3512     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
3513     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
3514       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
3515       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
3516            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
3517     }
3518 
3519     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
3520     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
3521     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
3522     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
3523     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
3524     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
3525       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
3526            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
3527       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
3528            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
3529     }
3530 
3531     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
3532     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
3533     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
3534     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
3535 
3536     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
3537     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
3538     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
3539       auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3540       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
3541         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
3542       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
3543       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
3544     }
3545 
3546     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3547       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
3548       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
3549       //
3550       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
3551       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
3552       // linkage within class scope.
3553       //
3554       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
3555       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
3556         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
3557         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3558       } else {
3559         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3560         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3561         return true;
3562       }
3563     }
3564 
3565     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
3566       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3567 
3568     // If the types are imprecise (due to dependent constructs in friends or
3569     // local extern declarations), it's OK if they differ. We'll check again
3570     // during instantiation.
3571     if (!canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewQType, OldQType))
3572       return false;
3573 
3574     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
3575   }
3576 
3577   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
3578   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
3579   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3580       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
3581     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
3582     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
3583     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
3584     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
3585         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
3586       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
3587       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
3588       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
3589       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
3590       NewQType =
3591           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
3592                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
3593       New->setType(NewQType);
3594       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
3595 
3596       // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
3597       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
3598       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
3599         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
3600                                                  SourceLocation(), nullptr,
3601                                                  ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
3602                                                  SC_None, nullptr);
3603         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
3604         Param->setImplicit();
3605         Params.push_back(Param);
3606       }
3607 
3608       New->setParams(Params);
3609     }
3610 
3611     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3612   }
3613 
3614   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
3615   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
3616   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
3617   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
3618   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
3619   // the prototype.
3620   //
3621   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
3622   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
3623   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
3624   // C99 6.9.1p8.
3625   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3626       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
3627       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
3628       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
3629     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
3630     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
3631     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
3632       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3633     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
3634       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3635 
3636     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
3637     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
3638                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
3639     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
3640     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
3641          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
3642       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
3643       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
3644       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3645                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
3646         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3647       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3648                                             NewParm->getType(),
3649                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
3650         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
3651                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
3652         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
3653         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3654       } else
3655         LooseCompatible = false;
3656     }
3657 
3658     if (LooseCompatible) {
3659       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
3660         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
3661              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
3662           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
3663           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
3664         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
3665           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
3666                diag::note_previous_declaration);
3667       }
3668 
3669       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3670         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
3671                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
3672       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3673     }
3674 
3675     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
3676   }
3677 
3678   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
3679   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
3680 
3681   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
3682   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
3683   unsigned BuiltinID;
3684   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
3685     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
3686     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
3687     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
3688       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
3689       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
3690         << Old << Old->getType();
3691 
3692       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
3693       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
3694       //
3695       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
3696       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
3697       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
3698       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
3699       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
3700       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3701         New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin();
3702 
3703       return false;
3704     }
3705 
3706     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
3707   }
3708 
3709   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
3710   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3711   return true;
3712 }
3713 
3714 /// Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
3715 /// known to be compatible.
3716 ///
3717 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
3718 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
3719 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
3720 /// redeclaration of Old.
3721 ///
3722 /// \returns false
3723 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
3724                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3725   // Merge the attributes
3726   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3727 
3728   // Merge "pure" flag.
3729   if (Old->isPure())
3730     New->setPure();
3731 
3732   // Merge "used" flag.
3733   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3734     New->setIsUsed();
3735 
3736   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
3737   // declarations.
3738   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
3739       for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
3740         ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i);
3741         ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i);
3742         mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3743         mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3744       }
3745 
3746   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3747     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
3748 
3749   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
3750   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
3751   // was visible.
3752   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
3753   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3754     New->setType(Merged);
3755 
3756   return false;
3757 }
3758 
3759 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
3760                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
3761   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
3762   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
3763     isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext())
3764       ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation
3765       : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
3766                                                        : AMK_Override;
3767 
3768   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
3769 
3770   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
3771   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
3772                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
3773   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
3774          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
3775        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
3776     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
3777 
3778   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
3779 }
3780 
3781 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) {
3782   assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType()));
3783 
3784   S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()
3785          ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type
3786          : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type)
3787     << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
3788 
3789   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3790   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3791   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation)
3792     = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3793   S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3794   New->setInvalidDecl();
3795 }
3796 
3797 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
3798 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
3799 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3800 ///
3801 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
3802 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
3803 /// is attached.
3804 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
3805                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3806   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
3807     return;
3808 
3809   QualType MergedT;
3810   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3811     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
3812       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
3813       return;
3814     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
3815       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
3816       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
3817     }
3818     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
3819     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
3820     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
3821     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
3822     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
3823     else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
3824       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3825       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3826 
3827       // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array
3828       // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the
3829       // mismatch.
3830       if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) {
3831         for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD;
3832              PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) {
3833           const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType());
3834           if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType())
3835             continue;
3836 
3837           if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy))
3838             return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD);
3839         }
3840       }
3841 
3842       if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) {
3843         if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3844                                 NewArray->getElementType()))
3845           MergedT = New->getType();
3846       }
3847       // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New
3848       // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not
3849       // visible.
3850       else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
3851         if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3852                                 NewArray->getElementType()))
3853           MergedT = Old->getType();
3854       }
3855     }
3856     else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3857                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3858       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
3859                                               Old->getType());
3860     }
3861   } else {
3862     // C 6.2.7p2:
3863     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
3864     //   compatible type.
3865     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
3866   }
3867   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
3868     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
3869     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
3870     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
3871     // equivalent.
3872     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
3873     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
3874          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3875       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
3876       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
3877       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
3878       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3879         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
3880       return;
3881     }
3882     return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old);
3883   }
3884 
3885   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
3886   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
3887   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3888     New->setType(MergedT);
3889 }
3890 
3891 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
3892                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
3893   // C11 6.2.7p4:
3894   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
3895   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
3896   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
3897   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
3898   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
3899   //
3900   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
3901   if (Previous.isShadowed())
3902     return false;
3903 
3904   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3905     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
3906     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
3907     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
3908     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
3909     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
3910            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3911             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
3912   } else {
3913     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
3914     // type unless we're in the same function.
3915     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3916            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3917   }
3918 }
3919 
3920 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
3921 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
3922 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3923 ///
3924 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
3925 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
3926 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
3927 ///
3928 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
3929   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
3930   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3931     return;
3932 
3933   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New))
3934     return;
3935 
3936   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
3937 
3938   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
3939   VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
3940   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
3941   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
3942     if (NewTemplate) {
3943       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3944       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
3945 
3946       if (auto *Shadow =
3947               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
3948         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate))
3949           return New->setInvalidDecl();
3950     } else {
3951       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3952 
3953       if (auto *Shadow =
3954               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
3955         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
3956           return New->setInvalidDecl();
3957     }
3958   }
3959   if (!Old) {
3960     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3961         << New->getDeclName();
3962     notePreviousDefinition(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(),
3963                            New->getLocation());
3964     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3965   }
3966 
3967   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
3968   if (NewTemplate &&
3969       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3970                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3971                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
3972     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3973 
3974   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3975   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3976   //
3977   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3978   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3979     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3980       << New->getIdentifier();
3981     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3982     New->setInvalidDecl();
3983   }
3984 
3985   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3986   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3987   // declaration
3988   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3989       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3990       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3991     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3992     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
3993     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3994     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3995   }
3996 
3997   if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() &&
3998       !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) {
3999     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration)
4000         << New->getDeclName();
4001     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
4002     New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>();
4003   }
4004 
4005   // Merge the types.
4006   VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl();
4007   if (MostRecent != Old) {
4008     MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent,
4009                       mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous));
4010     if (New->isInvalidDecl())
4011       return;
4012   }
4013 
4014   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
4015   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
4016     return;
4017 
4018   diag::kind PrevDiag;
4019   SourceLocation OldLocation;
4020   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
4021       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
4022 
4023   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
4024   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
4025       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
4026       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
4027     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
4028       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
4029           << New->getDeclName();
4030       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4031     } else {
4032       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
4033           << New->getDeclName();
4034       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4035       return New->setInvalidDecl();
4036     }
4037   }
4038   // C99 6.2.2p4:
4039   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
4040   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
4041   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
4042   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
4043   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
4044   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
4045   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
4046   //   identifier has external linkage.
4047   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
4048     /* Okay */;
4049   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
4050            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
4051            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
4052     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
4053     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4054     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4055   }
4056 
4057   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
4058   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
4059       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) {
4060     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
4061     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4062     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4063   }
4064   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() &&
4065       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
4066     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
4067     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4068     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4069   }
4070 
4071   if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old))
4072     return;
4073 
4074   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
4075 
4076   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
4077   // need to check for mismatches.
4078   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
4079       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
4080       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
4081         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
4082     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
4083     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4084     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4085   }
4086 
4087   if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) {
4088     if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) {
4089       // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4:
4090       //   If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before
4091       //   its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed.
4092       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New;
4093       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
4094     }
4095   }
4096 
4097   // If this redeclaration makes the variable inline, we may need to add it to
4098   // UndefinedButUsed.
4099   if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) &&
4100       !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
4101     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
4102                                            SourceLocation()));
4103 
4104   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
4105     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
4106       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
4107       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4108     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
4109       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
4110       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4111     } else {
4112       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
4113       // static and dynamic initialization.
4114       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
4115       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
4116       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
4117         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
4118       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4119     }
4120   }
4121 
4122   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
4123   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4124       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) {
4125     if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() &&
4126         Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) {
4127       // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged.
4128       Diag(New->getLocation(),
4129            diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def);
4130     } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) {
4131       if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New))
4132         return;
4133     }
4134   }
4135 
4136   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
4137     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
4138     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4139     New->setInvalidDecl();
4140     return;
4141   }
4142 
4143   // Merge "used" flag.
4144   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
4145     New->setIsUsed();
4146 
4147   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
4148   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
4149   if (NewTemplate)
4150     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
4151   adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(New, Old);
4152 
4153   // Inherit access appropriately.
4154   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
4155   if (NewTemplate)
4156     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
4157 
4158   if (Old->isInline())
4159     New->setImplicitlyInline();
4160 }
4161 
4162 void Sema::notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New) {
4163   SourceManager &SrcMgr = getSourceManager();
4164   auto FNewDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(New);
4165   auto FOldDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Old->getLocation());
4166   auto *FNew = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FNewDecLoc.first);
4167   auto *FOld = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FOldDecLoc.first);
4168   auto &HSI = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo();
4169   StringRef HdrFilename =
4170       SrcMgr.getFilename(SrcMgr.getSpellingLoc(Old->getLocation()));
4171 
4172   auto noteFromModuleOrInclude = [&](Module *Mod,
4173                                      SourceLocation IncLoc) -> bool {
4174     // Redefinition errors with modules are common with non modular mapped
4175     // headers, example: a non-modular header H in module A that also gets
4176     // included directly in a TU. Pointing twice to the same header/definition
4177     // is confusing, try to get better diagnostics when modules is on.
4178     if (IncLoc.isValid()) {
4179       if (Mod) {
4180         Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_modules_same_file)
4181             << HdrFilename.str() << Mod->getFullModuleName();
4182         if (!Mod->DefinitionLoc.isInvalid())
4183           Diag(Mod->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_defined_here)
4184               << Mod->getFullModuleName();
4185       } else {
4186         Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_include_same_file)
4187             << HdrFilename.str();
4188       }
4189       return true;
4190     }
4191 
4192     return false;
4193   };
4194 
4195   // Is it the same file and same offset? Provide more information on why
4196   // this leads to a redefinition error.
4197   if (FNew == FOld && FNewDecLoc.second == FOldDecLoc.second) {
4198     SourceLocation OldIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FOldDecLoc.first);
4199     SourceLocation NewIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FNewDecLoc.first);
4200     bool EmittedDiag =
4201         noteFromModuleOrInclude(Old->getOwningModule(), OldIncLoc);
4202     EmittedDiag |= noteFromModuleOrInclude(getCurrentModule(), NewIncLoc);
4203 
4204     // If the header has no guards, emit a note suggesting one.
4205     if (FOld && !HSI.isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(FOld))
4206       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_use_ifdef_guards);
4207 
4208     if (EmittedDiag)
4209       return;
4210   }
4211 
4212   // Redefinition coming from different files or couldn't do better above.
4213   if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
4214     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
4215 }
4216 
4217 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions
4218 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem.
4219 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) {
4220   if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) &&
4221       (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
4222        New->isInline() ||
4223        New->getDescribedVarTemplate() ||
4224        New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() ||
4225        New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) {
4226     // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are
4227     // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration.
4228     New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration();
4229 
4230     // Make the canonical definition visible.
4231     if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate())
4232       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD);
4233     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old);
4234     return false;
4235   } else {
4236     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
4237     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
4238     New->setInvalidDecl();
4239     return true;
4240   }
4241 }
4242 
4243 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
4244 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
4245 Decl *
4246 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
4247                                  RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) {
4248   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false,
4249                                     AnonRecord);
4250 }
4251 
4252 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to
4253 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes.
4254 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks
4255 // compatibility.
4256 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being
4257 // targeted.
4258 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) {
4259   return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015)
4260              ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber()
4261              : S->getMSLastManglingNumber();
4262 }
4263 
4264 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
4265   if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4266     return;
4267 
4268   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
4269     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
4270     // it is anonymous.
4271     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
4272       return;
4273     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
4274         Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
4275     Context.setManglingNumber(
4276         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(
4277                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
4278     return;
4279   }
4280 
4281   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
4282   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
4283   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
4284           Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
4285     Context.setManglingNumber(
4286         Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
4287                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
4288   }
4289 }
4290 
4291 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
4292                                         TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4293   if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl())
4294     return;
4295 
4296   // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes.
4297   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage())
4298     return;
4299 
4300   // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
4301   assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
4302 
4303   // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
4304   if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(),
4305                            Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) {
4306     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4307       Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
4308     return;
4309   }
4310 
4311   // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
4312   // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
4313   // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as
4314   // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should
4315   // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
4316   // for how to handle it.
4317   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
4318     Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
4319 
4320     SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart();
4321     tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc);
4322 
4323     llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
4324     textToInsert += ' ';
4325     textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName();
4326     Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
4327         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
4328     return;
4329   }
4330 
4331   // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
4332   TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
4333 }
4334 
4335 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) {
4336   switch (T) {
4337   case DeclSpec::TST_class:
4338     return 0;
4339   case DeclSpec::TST_struct:
4340     return 1;
4341   case DeclSpec::TST_interface:
4342     return 2;
4343   case DeclSpec::TST_union:
4344     return 3;
4345   case DeclSpec::TST_enum:
4346     return 4;
4347   default:
4348     llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier");
4349   }
4350 }
4351 
4352 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
4353 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
4354 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
4355 Decl *
4356 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
4357                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
4358                                  bool IsExplicitInstantiation,
4359                                  RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) {
4360   Decl *TagD = nullptr;
4361   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
4362   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
4363       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
4364       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
4365       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
4366       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
4367     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
4368 
4369     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
4370       return nullptr;
4371 
4372     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
4373     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
4374     // it's a Type.
4375     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
4376       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
4377     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
4378       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4379   }
4380 
4381   if (Tag) {
4382     handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
4383     Tag->setFreeStanding();
4384     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
4385       return Tag;
4386   }
4387 
4388   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4389     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
4390     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
4391     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
4392       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
4393            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
4394            << DS.getSourceRange();
4395   }
4396 
4397   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4398     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
4399         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
4400 
4401   if (DS.hasConstexprSpecifier()) {
4402     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
4403     // and definitions of functions and variables.
4404     // C++2a [dcl.constexpr]p1: The consteval specifier shall be applied only to
4405     // the declaration of a function or function template
4406     if (Tag)
4407       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
4408           << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType())
4409           << DS.getConstexprSpecifier();
4410     else
4411       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind)
4412           << DS.getConstexprSpecifier();
4413     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
4414     return TagD;
4415   }
4416 
4417   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
4418 
4419   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
4420     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
4421     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
4422     if (TagD && !Tag)
4423       return nullptr;
4424     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
4425   }
4426 
4427   const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
4428   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
4429     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
4430   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
4431       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization &&
4432       !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) {
4433     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
4434     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
4435     // or an explicit specialization.
4436     //
4437     // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the
4438     // obvious intent of DR1819.
4439     //
4440     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
4441     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
4442         << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange();
4443     return nullptr;
4444   }
4445 
4446   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
4447   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
4448 
4449   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
4450   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
4451     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
4452         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4453       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
4454           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
4455         // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements,
4456         // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that
4457         // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext.
4458         // Also store them here so that they can be part of the
4459         // DeclStmt that gets created in this case.
4460         // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by
4461         // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason?
4462         if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4463           AnonRecord = Record;
4464         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record,
4465                                            Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4466       }
4467 
4468       DeclaresAnything = false;
4469     }
4470   }
4471 
4472   // C11 6.7.2.1p2:
4473   //   A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or
4474   //   anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list.
4475   //
4476   // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration
4477   // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list.
4478   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() &&
4479       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
4480     // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member.
4481     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union:
4482     //   struct STRUCT;
4483     //   union UNION;
4484     // and
4485     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
4486     //   UNION_TYPE;   <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union.
4487     if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) ||
4488         DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) {
4489       RecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
4490       if (Tag)
4491         Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
4492       else if (const RecordType *RT =
4493                    DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType())
4494         Record = RT->getDecl();
4495       else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType())
4496         Record = UT->getDecl();
4497 
4498       if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
4499         Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record)
4500             << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange();
4501         return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
4502       }
4503 
4504       DeclaresAnything = false;
4505     }
4506   }
4507 
4508   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
4509   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
4510       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
4511     return TagD;
4512 
4513   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4514       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4515     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
4516       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
4517           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
4518         DeclaresAnything = false;
4519 
4520   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
4521     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
4522     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4523       Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
4524           << DS.getSourceRange();
4525     else
4526       DeclaresAnything = false;
4527   }
4528 
4529   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
4530       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
4531     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
4532       << Tag->getTagKind()
4533       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4534 
4535   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
4536 
4537   // C 6.7/2:
4538   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
4539   //   or the members of an enumeration.
4540   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
4541   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
4542   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
4543   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
4544   //   previous declaration.
4545   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
4546     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
4547     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
4548     Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
4549     return TagD;
4550   }
4551 
4552   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
4553   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
4554   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
4555   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
4556   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
4557   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
4558   //
4559   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
4560   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
4561   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4562     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
4563 
4564   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
4565   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
4566   // useless.
4567   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
4568     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
4569       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
4570       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
4571       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4572     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4573       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
4574         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
4575   }
4576 
4577   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
4578     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
4579       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
4580   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4581     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
4582       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
4583     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
4584       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
4585     // Restrict is covered above.
4586     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
4587       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
4588     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned)
4589       Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned";
4590   }
4591 
4592   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
4593   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
4594   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
4595   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
4596     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
4597     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
4598         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
4599         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
4600         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
4601         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
4602       for (const ParsedAttr &AL : DS.getAttributes())
4603         Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
4604             << AL << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType);
4605     }
4606   }
4607 
4608   return TagD;
4609 }
4610 
4611 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
4612 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
4613 ///
4614 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
4615 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
4616                                          Scope *S,
4617                                          DeclContext *Owner,
4618                                          DeclarationName Name,
4619                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
4620                                          bool IsUnion) {
4621   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
4622                  Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration);
4623   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
4624 
4625   // Pick a representative declaration.
4626   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
4627   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
4628 
4629   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
4630     return false;
4631 
4632   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl)
4633     << IsUnion << Name;
4634   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4635 
4636   return true;
4637 }
4638 
4639 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
4640 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
4641 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
4642 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
4643 /// struct, e.g.,
4644 ///
4645 /// @code
4646 /// union {
4647 ///   int i;
4648 ///   float f;
4649 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
4650 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
4651 /// @endcode
4652 ///
4653 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
4654 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
4655 static bool
4656 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner,
4657                                     RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS,
4658                                     SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) {
4659   bool Invalid = false;
4660 
4661   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
4662   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
4663     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
4664         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
4665       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
4666       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
4667                                        VD->getLocation(),
4668                                        AnonRecord->isUnion())) {
4669         // C++ [class.union]p2:
4670         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
4671         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
4672         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
4673         Invalid = true;
4674       } else {
4675         // C++ [class.union]p2:
4676         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
4677         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
4678         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
4679         //   anonymous union is declared.
4680         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
4681         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
4682           Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end());
4683         else
4684           Chaining.push_back(VD);
4685 
4686         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
4687         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
4688           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
4689         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
4690           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
4691 
4692         IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create(
4693             SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(),
4694             VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()});
4695 
4696         for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs())
4697           IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context));
4698 
4699         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
4700         IndirectField->setImplicit();
4701         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
4702 
4703         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
4704         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
4705 
4706         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
4707       }
4708     }
4709   }
4710 
4711   return Invalid;
4712 }
4713 
4714 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
4715 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
4716 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
4717 static StorageClass
4718 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4719   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
4720   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
4721          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
4722   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
4723   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
4724   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
4725     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
4726       return SC_None;
4727     return SC_Extern;
4728   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
4729   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
4730   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
4731   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
4732     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
4733   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
4734   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
4735   }
4736   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
4737 }
4738 
4739 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
4740   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
4741 
4742   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
4743     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
4744     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
4745       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
4746     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
4747       return FD->getLocation();
4748   }
4749 
4750   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
4751 }
4752 
4753 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4754                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
4755   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4756     return;
4757 
4758   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
4759   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
4760 }
4761 
4762 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4763                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
4764   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4765     return;
4766 
4767   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
4768 }
4769 
4770 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
4771 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
4772 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
4773 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
4774 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4775                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
4776                                         RecordDecl *Record,
4777                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
4778   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
4779 
4780   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
4781   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
4782     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
4783   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4784     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
4785   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
4786     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
4787 
4788   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
4789   // structs/unions.
4790   bool Invalid = false;
4791   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4792     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
4793     if (Record->isUnion()) {
4794       // C++ [class.union]p6:
4795       // C++17 [class.union.anon]p2:
4796       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
4797       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
4798       unsigned DiagID;
4799       DeclContext *OwnerScope = Owner->getRedeclContext();
4800       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
4801           (OwnerScope->isTranslationUnit() ||
4802            (OwnerScope->isNamespace() &&
4803             !cast<NamespaceDecl>(OwnerScope)->isAnonymousNamespace()))) {
4804         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
4805           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
4806 
4807         // Recover by adding 'static'.
4808         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
4809                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
4810       }
4811       // C++ [class.union]p6:
4812       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
4813       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
4814       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
4815                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
4816         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4817              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
4818           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4819 
4820         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
4821         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
4822                                SourceLocation(),
4823                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4824       }
4825     }
4826 
4827     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
4828     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4829       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
4830         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4831           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
4832           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
4833       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
4834         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
4835              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4836           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
4837           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
4838       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
4839         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
4840              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4841           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
4842           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
4843       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
4844         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
4845              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4846           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
4847           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
4848       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned)
4849         Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(),
4850              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4851           << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned"
4852           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc());
4853 
4854       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
4855     }
4856 
4857     // C++ [class.union]p2:
4858     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
4859     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
4860     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
4861     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
4862       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
4863         // C++ [class.union]p3:
4864         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
4865         //   members (clause 11).
4866         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
4867         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
4868           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
4869             << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
4870           Invalid = true;
4871         }
4872 
4873         // C++ [class.union]p1
4874         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
4875         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
4876         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
4877         //   array of such objects.
4878         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
4879           Invalid = true;
4880       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
4881         // Any implicit members are fine.
4882       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
4883         // This is a type that showed up in an
4884         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
4885         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
4886         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
4887       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
4888         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
4889             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
4890           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4891           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
4892             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4893               << Record->isUnion();
4894           else {
4895             // This is a nested type declaration.
4896             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4897               << Record->isUnion();
4898             Invalid = true;
4899           }
4900         } else {
4901           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
4902           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
4903           // not part of standard C++.
4904           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
4905                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
4906             << Record->isUnion();
4907         }
4908       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
4909         // Any access specifier is fine.
4910       } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
4911         // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
4912       } else {
4913         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
4914         // member. Complain about it.
4915         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
4916         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
4917           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
4918         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
4919           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
4920         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
4921           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
4922 
4923         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4924         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
4925             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4926           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4927             << Record->isUnion();
4928         else {
4929           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion();
4930           Invalid = true;
4931         }
4932       }
4933     }
4934 
4935     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
4936     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
4937     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
4938     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
4939         Owner->isRecord())
4940       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
4941                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
4942   }
4943 
4944   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
4945     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
4946       << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
4947     Invalid = true;
4948   }
4949 
4950   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
4951   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
4952   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
4953   //   names into the program
4954   // C++ [class.mem]p2:
4955   //   each such member-declaration shall either declare at least one member
4956   //   name of the class or declare at least one unnamed bit-field
4957   //
4958   // For C this is an error even for a named struct, and is diagnosed elsewhere.
4959   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Record->field_empty())
4960     Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
4961 
4962   // Mock up a declarator.
4963   Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::MemberContext);
4964   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4965   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
4966 
4967   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
4968   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
4969   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
4970     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(
4971         Context, OwningClass, DS.getBeginLoc(), Record->getLocation(),
4972         /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), TInfo,
4973         /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4974         /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4975     Anon->setAccess(AS);
4976     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4977       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
4978   } else {
4979     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
4980     StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
4981     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4982       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4983       // an error here
4984       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4985       Invalid = true;
4986       SC = SC_None;
4987     }
4988 
4989     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, DS.getBeginLoc(),
4990                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4991                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), TInfo, SC);
4992 
4993     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
4994     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
4995     // initializer:
4996     //   union { int n = 0; };
4997     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon);
4998   }
4999   Anon->setImplicit();
5000 
5001   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
5002   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
5003 
5004   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
5005   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
5006   // its members.
5007   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
5008 
5009   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
5010   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
5011   // purposes.
5012   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
5013   Chain.push_back(Anon);
5014 
5015   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain))
5016     Invalid = true;
5017 
5018   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
5019     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5020       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
5021       if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
5022               NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
5023         Context.setManglingNumber(
5024             NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
5025                        NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
5026         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
5027       }
5028     }
5029   }
5030 
5031   if (Invalid)
5032     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
5033 
5034   return Anon;
5035 }
5036 
5037 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
5038 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
5039 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
5040 /// Example:
5041 ///
5042 /// struct A { int a; };
5043 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
5044 ///
5045 /// void foo() {
5046 ///   B var;
5047 ///   var.a = 3;
5048 /// }
5049 ///
5050 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
5051                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
5052   assert(Record && "expected a record!");
5053 
5054   // Mock up a declarator.
5055   Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::TypeNameContext);
5056   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
5057   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
5058 
5059   auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext);
5060   QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
5061 
5062   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
5063   NamedDecl *Anon =
5064       FieldDecl::Create(Context, ParentDecl, DS.getBeginLoc(), DS.getBeginLoc(),
5065                         /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, RecTy, TInfo,
5066                         /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
5067                         /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
5068   Anon->setImplicit();
5069 
5070   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
5071   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
5072 
5073   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
5074   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
5075   // purposes.
5076   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
5077   Chain.push_back(Anon);
5078 
5079   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
5080   if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy,
5081                           diag::err_field_incomplete) ||
5082       InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef,
5083                                           AS_none, Chain)) {
5084     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
5085     ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5086   }
5087 
5088   return Anon;
5089 }
5090 
5091 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
5092 /// given Declarator.
5093 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
5094   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
5095 }
5096 
5097 /// Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
5098 DeclarationNameInfo
5099 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
5100   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
5101   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
5102 
5103   switch (Name.getKind()) {
5104 
5105   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
5106   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier:
5107     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
5108     return NameInfo;
5109 
5110   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName: {
5111     // C++ [temp.deduct.guide]p3:
5112     //   The simple-template-id shall name a class template specialization.
5113     //   The template-name shall be the same identifier as the template-name
5114     //   of the simple-template-id.
5115     // These together intend to imply that the template-name shall name a
5116     // class template.
5117     // FIXME: template<typename T> struct X {};
5118     //        template<typename T> using Y = X<T>;
5119     //        Y(int) -> Y<int>;
5120     //   satisfies these rules but does not name a class template.
5121     TemplateName TN = Name.TemplateName.get().get();
5122     auto *Template = TN.getAsTemplateDecl();
5123     if (!Template || !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template)) {
5124       Diag(Name.StartLocation,
5125            diag::err_deduction_guide_name_not_class_template)
5126         << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TN) << TN;
5127       if (Template)
5128         Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
5129       return DeclarationNameInfo();
5130     }
5131 
5132     NameInfo.setName(
5133         Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDeductionGuideName(Template));
5134     return NameInfo;
5135   }
5136 
5137   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
5138     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
5139                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
5140     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
5141       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
5142     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
5143       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
5144     return NameInfo;
5145 
5146   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
5147     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
5148                                                            Name.Identifier));
5149     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
5150     return NameInfo;
5151 
5152   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
5153     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
5154     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
5155     if (Ty.isNull())
5156       return DeclarationNameInfo();
5157     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
5158                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
5159     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
5160     return NameInfo;
5161   }
5162 
5163   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName: {
5164     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
5165     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
5166     if (Ty.isNull())
5167       return DeclarationNameInfo();
5168     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
5169                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
5170     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
5171     return NameInfo;
5172   }
5173 
5174   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
5175     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
5176     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
5177     // to find the actual type being constructed.
5178     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
5179     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
5180       return DeclarationNameInfo();
5181 
5182     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
5183     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
5184 
5185     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
5186     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
5187     // was qualified.
5188 
5189     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
5190                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
5191     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
5192     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
5193     return NameInfo;
5194   }
5195 
5196   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName: {
5197     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
5198     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
5199     if (Ty.isNull())
5200       return DeclarationNameInfo();
5201     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
5202                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
5203     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
5204     return NameInfo;
5205   }
5206 
5207   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId: {
5208     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
5209     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
5210     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
5211   }
5212 
5213   } // switch (Name.getKind())
5214 
5215   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
5216 }
5217 
5218 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
5219   do {
5220     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
5221       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
5222     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
5223       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
5224     else
5225       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
5226   } while (true);
5227 }
5228 
5229 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
5230 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
5231 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
5232 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
5233 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
5234 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
5235 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
5236 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
5237                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
5238                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
5239                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
5240   Params.clear();
5241   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
5242     return false;
5243   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
5244     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
5245     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
5246 
5247     // The parameter types are identical
5248     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
5249       continue;
5250 
5251     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
5252     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
5253     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
5254     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
5255 
5256     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
5257         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
5258       Params.push_back(Idx);
5259     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
5260       return false;
5261   }
5262 
5263   return true;
5264 }
5265 
5266 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
5267 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
5268 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
5269 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
5270 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
5271 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
5272                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
5273   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
5274   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
5275   //   - types which will become injected class names
5276   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
5277   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
5278   // few cases here.
5279 
5280   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
5281   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
5282   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
5283   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
5284   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
5285   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
5286     // Grab the type from the parser.
5287     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
5288     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
5289     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
5290 
5291     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
5292     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
5293     // attached already.
5294     if (!TSI)
5295       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
5296 
5297     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
5298     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
5299     if (!TSI) return true;
5300 
5301     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
5302     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
5303     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
5304     break;
5305   }
5306 
5307   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
5308   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
5309     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
5310     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
5311     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
5312     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
5313     break;
5314   }
5315 
5316   default:
5317     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
5318     break;
5319   }
5320 
5321   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
5322   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5323     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
5324 
5325     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
5326     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
5327     // pointer.
5328     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
5329       continue;
5330 
5331     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
5332     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
5333     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
5334       return true;
5335   }
5336 
5337   return false;
5338 }
5339 
5340 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
5341   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
5342   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
5343 
5344   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
5345       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
5346     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
5347 
5348   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL)
5349     setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Dcl);
5350 
5351   return Dcl;
5352 }
5353 
5354 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
5355 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
5356 ///   name different from T:
5357 ///     - every static data member of class T;
5358 ///     - every member function of class T
5359 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
5360 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
5361 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
5362                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
5363   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5364 
5365   CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
5366   while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
5367     Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent());
5368   if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
5369     Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
5370     return true;
5371   }
5372 
5373   return false;
5374 }
5375 
5376 /// Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
5377 /// nested-name-specifier.
5378 ///
5379 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
5380 ///
5381 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
5382 /// resolves.
5383 ///
5384 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
5385 ///
5386 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
5387 ///
5388 /// \param IsTemplateId Whether the name is a (simple-)template-id, and thus
5389 /// we're declaring an explicit / partial specialization / instantiation.
5390 ///
5391 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
5392 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
5393                                         DeclarationName Name,
5394                                         SourceLocation Loc, bool IsTemplateId) {
5395   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
5396   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
5397     Cur = Cur->getParent();
5398 
5399   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
5400   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
5401   //
5402   // class X {
5403   //   void X::f();
5404   // };
5405   //
5406   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
5407   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
5408   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
5409     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
5410       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
5411                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
5412         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
5413       SS.clear();
5414     } else {
5415       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
5416     }
5417     return false;
5418   }
5419 
5420   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
5421   // declaration. For a template-id, we perform the checks in
5422   // CheckTemplateSpecializationScope.
5423   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC) && !IsTemplateId) {
5424     if (Cur->isRecord())
5425       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
5426         << Name << SS.getRange();
5427     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
5428       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
5429         << Name << SS.getRange();
5430     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
5431       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
5432         << Name << SS.getRange();
5433     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
5434       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
5435         << Name << SS.getRange();
5436     else
5437       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
5438       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
5439 
5440     return true;
5441   }
5442 
5443   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
5444     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
5445     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
5446       << Name << SS.getRange();
5447     SS.clear();
5448 
5449     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
5450     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
5451     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
5452     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
5453          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
5454         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
5455                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
5456       return true;
5457 
5458     return false;
5459   }
5460 
5461   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
5462   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
5463   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
5464   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
5465   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
5466     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
5467   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
5468         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
5469     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
5470       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
5471 
5472   return false;
5473 }
5474 
5475 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5476                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
5477   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
5478   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
5479   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5480 
5481   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
5482   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
5483   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
5484     return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists);
5485   } else if (!Name) {
5486     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
5487       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
5488           << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
5489     return nullptr;
5490   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
5491     return nullptr;
5492 
5493   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
5494   // we find one that is.
5495   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
5496          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
5497     S = S->getParent();
5498 
5499   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
5500   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
5501     D.setInvalidType();
5502   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5503     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5504                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
5505       return nullptr;
5506 
5507     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
5508     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
5509     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
5510       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
5511       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
5512       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
5513       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
5514       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5515            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
5516         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
5517         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5518       return nullptr;
5519     }
5520     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
5521 
5522     if (!IsDependentContext &&
5523         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
5524       return nullptr;
5525 
5526     // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it.
5527     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
5528       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5529            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
5530         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5531       return nullptr;
5532     }
5533     if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
5534       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(
5535               D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, Name, D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5536               D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId)) {
5537         if (DC->isRecord())
5538           return nullptr;
5539 
5540         D.setInvalidType();
5541       }
5542     }
5543 
5544     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
5545     // declaration in the current instantiation.
5546     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
5547         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
5548       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
5549       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
5550         D.setInvalidType();
5551     }
5552   }
5553 
5554   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
5555   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5556 
5557   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
5558                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
5559     D.setInvalidType();
5560 
5561   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
5562                         forRedeclarationInCurContext());
5563 
5564   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
5565   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5566     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
5567     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
5568 
5569     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
5570     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
5571     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
5572     //
5573     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
5574     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
5575     // the same name.
5576     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
5577       /* Do nothing*/;
5578     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
5579              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
5580               R->isFunctionType())) {
5581       IsLinkageLookup = true;
5582       CreateBuiltins =
5583           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
5584     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
5585                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
5586       CreateBuiltins = true;
5587 
5588     if (IsLinkageLookup) {
5589       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
5590       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForExternalRedeclaration);
5591     }
5592 
5593     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
5594   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
5595     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
5596 
5597     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
5598     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
5599     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
5600     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
5601     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
5602     //  thereof; [...]
5603     //
5604     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
5605     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
5606     // we want to match. For example, given:
5607     //
5608     //   class X {
5609     //     void f();
5610     //     void f(float);
5611     //   };
5612     //
5613     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
5614     //
5615     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
5616     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
5617     // matches.
5618 
5619     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
5620     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
5621     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
5622     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
5623     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
5624   }
5625 
5626   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5627       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
5628     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
5629     if (!D.isInvalidType())
5630       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5631                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
5632 
5633     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
5634     Previous.clear();
5635   }
5636 
5637   if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
5638     // Forget that the previous declaration is the injected-class-name.
5639     Previous.clear();
5640 
5641   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
5642   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
5643   // tag type. Note that this applies to functions, function templates, and
5644   // variables, but not to typedefs (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4) or variable templates.
5645   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
5646       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
5647       (TemplateParamLists.size() == 0 || R->isFunctionType()))
5648     Previous.clear();
5649 
5650   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
5651   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
5652   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5653     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
5654 
5655   NamedDecl *New;
5656 
5657   bool AddToScope = true;
5658   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
5659     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
5660       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
5661       return nullptr;
5662     }
5663 
5664     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
5665   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
5666     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
5667                                   TemplateParamLists,
5668                                   AddToScope);
5669   } else {
5670     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
5671                                   AddToScope);
5672   }
5673 
5674   if (!New)
5675     return nullptr;
5676 
5677   // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization,
5678   // add it to the scope stack.
5679   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope)
5680     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
5681 
5682   if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext())
5683     checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New);
5684 
5685   return New;
5686 }
5687 
5688 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
5689 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
5690 /// GCC compatibility).
5691 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
5692                                                     ASTContext &Context,
5693                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
5694                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
5695   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
5696   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
5697   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
5698   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
5699   SizeIsNegative = false;
5700   Oversized = 0;
5701 
5702   if (T->isDependentType())
5703     return QualType();
5704 
5705   QualifierCollector Qs;
5706   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
5707 
5708   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
5709     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
5710     QualType FixedType =
5711         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
5712                                             Oversized);
5713     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
5714     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
5715     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
5716   }
5717   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
5718     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
5719     QualType FixedType =
5720         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
5721                                             Oversized);
5722     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
5723     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
5724     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
5725   }
5726 
5727   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
5728   if (!VLATy)
5729     return QualType();
5730   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
5731   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
5732     return QualType();
5733 
5734   Expr::EvalResult Result;
5735   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
5736       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context))
5737     return QualType();
5738 
5739   llvm::APSInt Res = Result.Val.getInt();
5740 
5741   // Check whether the array size is negative.
5742   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
5743     SizeIsNegative = true;
5744     return QualType();
5745   }
5746 
5747   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
5748   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
5749     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
5750                                               Res);
5751   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
5752     Oversized = Res;
5753     return QualType();
5754   }
5755 
5756   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
5757                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
5758 }
5759 
5760 static void
5761 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
5762   SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
5763   DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
5764   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
5765     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
5766     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
5767                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
5768     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
5769     return;
5770   }
5771   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
5772     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
5773     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
5774                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
5775     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
5776     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
5777     return;
5778   }
5779   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5780   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5781   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
5782   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
5783   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
5784   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
5785   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
5786   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
5787 }
5788 
5789 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
5790 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
5791 /// GCC compatibility).
5792 static TypeSourceInfo*
5793 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5794                                               ASTContext &Context,
5795                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
5796                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
5797   QualType FixedTy
5798     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
5799                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5800   if (FixedTy.isNull())
5801     return nullptr;
5802   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
5803   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
5804                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
5805   return FixedTInfo;
5806 }
5807 
5808 /// Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
5809 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
5810 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
5811 /// function-scope declarations.
5812 void
5813 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
5814   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5815       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5816     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
5817     return;
5818 
5819   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
5820   Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND);
5821 }
5822 
5823 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
5824   // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)).
5825   auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name);
5826   return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin();
5827 }
5828 
5829 /// Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
5830 /// does not identify a function.
5831 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
5832   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
5833   // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;"
5834   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
5835     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5836          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
5837 
5838   if (DS.hasExplicitSpecifier())
5839     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5840          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
5841 
5842   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
5843     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
5844          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
5845 }
5846 
5847 NamedDecl*
5848 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
5849                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
5850   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5851   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5852     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
5853       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5854     D.setInvalidType();
5855     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
5856     DC = CurContext;
5857     Previous.clear();
5858   }
5859 
5860   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5861 
5862   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
5863     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
5864         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
5865   if (D.getDeclSpec().hasConstexprSpecifier())
5866     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
5867         << 1 << D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier();
5868 
5869   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) {
5870     if (D.getName().Kind == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName)
5871       Diag(D.getName().StartLocation,
5872            diag::err_deduction_guide_invalid_specifier)
5873           << "typedef";
5874     else
5875       Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
5876           << D.getName().getSourceRange();
5877     return nullptr;
5878   }
5879 
5880   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
5881   if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
5882 
5883   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5884   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
5885 
5886   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
5887 
5888   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
5889   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
5890   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
5891   return ND;
5892 }
5893 
5894 void
5895 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
5896   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
5897   // then it shall have block scope.
5898   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
5899   // that redeclarations will match.
5900   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5901   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5902   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
5903     setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
5904 
5905     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5906       bool SizeIsNegative;
5907       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5908       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5909         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5910                                                       SizeIsNegative,
5911                                                       Oversized);
5912       if (FixedTInfo) {
5913         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5914         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5915       } else {
5916         if (SizeIsNegative)
5917           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
5918         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
5919           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
5920         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
5921           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
5922             << Oversized.toString(10);
5923         else
5924           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5925         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
5926       }
5927     }
5928   }
5929 }
5930 
5931 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
5932 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
5933 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
5934 NamedDecl*
5935 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
5936                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
5937 
5938   // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope.
5939   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(NewTD, Previous);
5940 
5941   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
5942   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
5943   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
5944                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
5945   filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous);
5946   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5947     Redeclaration = true;
5948     MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous);
5949   } else {
5950     inferGslPointerAttribute(NewTD);
5951   }
5952 
5953   if (ShadowedDecl && !Redeclaration)
5954     CheckShadow(NewTD, ShadowedDecl, Previous);
5955 
5956   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
5957   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
5958     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5959         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5960       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
5961         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
5962       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
5963         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5964       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
5965         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5966       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
5967         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
5968     }
5969 
5970   return NewTD;
5971 }
5972 
5973 /// Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
5974 /// previous declaration.
5975 ///
5976 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
5977 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
5978 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
5979 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
5980 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
5981 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
5982 ///
5983 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
5984 /// lookup
5985 ///
5986 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
5987 /// declared.
5988 ///
5989 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
5990 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
5991 static bool
5992 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
5993                                 ASTContext &Context) {
5994   if (!PrevDecl)
5995     return false;
5996 
5997   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
5998     return false;
5999 
6000   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6001     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
6002     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
6003     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
6004     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
6005     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
6006     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
6007     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
6008     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
6009       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
6010       return false;
6011 
6012     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
6013     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
6014       // We found a member function: ignore it.
6015       return false;
6016 
6017     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
6018     // previous declarations.
6019     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
6020     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
6021 
6022     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
6023     // isn't the same function.
6024     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
6025       return false;
6026   }
6027 
6028   return true;
6029 }
6030 
6031 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(Sema &S, DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
6032   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
6033   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
6034   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(S.Context));
6035 }
6036 
6037 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
6038   QualType type = decl->getType();
6039   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
6040   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
6041     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
6042     unsigned kind = -1U;
6043     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
6044       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6045         kind = 0; // __block
6046       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
6047         kind = 1; // global
6048     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
6049       kind = 3; // ivar
6050     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
6051       kind = 2; // field
6052     }
6053 
6054     if (kind != -1U) {
6055       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
6056         << kind;
6057     }
6058   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
6059     // Try to infer lifetime.
6060     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
6061       return false;
6062 
6063     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
6064     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
6065     decl->setType(type);
6066   }
6067 
6068   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
6069     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
6070     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
6071         var->getTLSKind()) {
6072       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
6073         << var->getType();
6074       return true;
6075     }
6076   }
6077 
6078   return false;
6079 }
6080 
6081 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
6082   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
6083   // the wrong linkage.
6084   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
6085 
6086   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
6087   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
6088     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
6089       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
6090       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
6091     }
6092   }
6093   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
6094     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
6095       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
6096       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
6097       ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
6098     }
6099   }
6100 
6101   if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) {
6102     if (VD->hasInit()) {
6103       if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
6104         assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
6105                !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!");
6106         S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0;
6107         VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
6108       }
6109     }
6110   }
6111 
6112   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations.
6113   // It does not apply to functions.
6114   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
6115     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
6116       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(),
6117              diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
6118       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
6119     }
6120   }
6121 
6122   if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) {
6123     auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND);
6124     bool IsAnonymousNS = false;
6125     bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft();
6126     if (VD) {
6127       const NamespaceDecl *NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(VD->getDeclContext());
6128       while (NS && !IsAnonymousNS) {
6129         IsAnonymousNS = NS->isAnonymousNamespace();
6130         NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(NS->getParent());
6131       }
6132     }
6133     // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external
6134     // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported.
6135     // In Microsoft mode, a variable defined in anonymous namespace must have
6136     // external linkage in order to be exported.
6137     bool AnonNSInMicrosoftMode = IsAnonymousNS && IsMicrosoft;
6138     if ((ND.isExternallyVisible() && AnonNSInMicrosoftMode) ||
6139         (!AnonNSInMicrosoftMode &&
6140          (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())))) {
6141       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
6142         << &ND << Attr;
6143       ND.setInvalidDecl();
6144     }
6145   }
6146 
6147   // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'.
6148   if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>())
6149     if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND))
6150       if (MD->isVirtual()) {
6151         S.Diag(ND.getLocation(),
6152                diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function)
6153             << Attr;
6154         ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>();
6155       }
6156 
6157   // Check the attributes on the function type, if any.
6158   if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(&ND)) {
6159     // Don't declare this variable in the second operand of the for-statement;
6160     // GCC miscompiles that by ending its lifetime before evaluating the
6161     // third operand. See gcc.gnu.org/PR86769.
6162     AttributedTypeLoc ATL;
6163     for (TypeLoc TL = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc();
6164          (ATL = TL.getAsAdjusted<AttributedTypeLoc>());
6165          TL = ATL.getModifiedLoc()) {
6166       // The [[lifetimebound]] attribute can be applied to the implicit object
6167       // parameter of a non-static member function (other than a ctor or dtor)
6168       // by applying it to the function type.
6169       if (const auto *A = ATL.getAttrAs<LifetimeBoundAttr>()) {
6170         const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6171         if (!MD || MD->isStatic()) {
6172           S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::err_lifetimebound_no_object_param)
6173               << !MD << A->getRange();
6174         } else if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) || isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
6175           S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::err_lifetimebound_ctor_dtor)
6176               << isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD) << A->getRange();
6177         }
6178       }
6179     }
6180   }
6181 }
6182 
6183 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
6184                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
6185                                            bool IsSpecialization,
6186                                            bool IsDefinition) {
6187   if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl() || NewDecl->isInvalidDecl())
6188     return;
6189 
6190   bool IsTemplate = false;
6191   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
6192     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
6193     IsTemplate = true;
6194     if (!IsSpecialization)
6195       IsDefinition = false;
6196   }
6197   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) {
6198     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
6199     IsTemplate = true;
6200   }
6201 
6202   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
6203     return;
6204 
6205   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6206   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
6207   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6208   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
6209 
6210   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
6211   // inherited attribute instances.
6212   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
6213                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
6214 
6215   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
6216   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
6217   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
6218   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
6219   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
6220 
6221   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
6222     // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables.
6223     bool JustWarn = false;
6224     if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) {
6225       auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl);
6226       if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
6227         JustWarn = true;
6228       auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
6229       if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate)
6230         JustWarn = true;
6231     }
6232 
6233     // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already
6234     // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo
6235     // address equality) as they can use the thunk.
6236     if (OldDecl->isUsed())
6237       if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr)
6238         JustWarn = false;
6239 
6240     unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration
6241                                : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration;
6242     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID)
6243         << NewDecl
6244         << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
6245     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6246     if (!JustWarn) {
6247       NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6248       return;
6249     }
6250   }
6251 
6252   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
6253   // exceptions being inline function definitions (except for function
6254   // templates), local extern declarations, qualified friend declarations or
6255   // special MSVC extension: in the last case, the declaration is treated as if
6256   // it were marked dllexport.
6257   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false;
6258   bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft();
6259   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) {
6260     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
6261     // separately.
6262     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
6263     IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) !=
6264                    VarDecl::DeclarationOnly;
6265   } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) {
6266     IsInline = FD->isInlined();
6267     IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() &&
6268                         FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared;
6269   }
6270 
6271   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr &&
6272       (!IsInline || (IsMicrosoft && IsTemplate)) && !IsStaticDataMember &&
6273       !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) {
6274     if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) {
6275       S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
6276              diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute)
6277           << NewDecl;
6278       S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6279       NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6280       NewDecl->addAttr(
6281           DLLExportAttr::CreateImplicit(S.Context, NewImportAttr->getRange()));
6282     } else {
6283       S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
6284              diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
6285           << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
6286       S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6287       S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
6288       OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6289       NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6290     }
6291   } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) {
6292     // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport
6293     // attribute.
6294     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6295     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6296     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
6297            diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function)
6298         << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
6299   }
6300 
6301   // A specialization of a class template member function is processed here
6302   // since it's a redeclaration. If the parent class is dllexport, the
6303   // specialization inherits that attribute. This doesn't happen automatically
6304   // since the parent class isn't instantiated until later.
6305   if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDecl)) {
6306     if (MD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_MemberSpecialization &&
6307         !NewImportAttr && !NewExportAttr) {
6308       if (const DLLExportAttr *ParentExportAttr =
6309               MD->getParent()->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) {
6310         DLLExportAttr *NewAttr = ParentExportAttr->clone(S.Context);
6311         NewAttr->setInherited(true);
6312         NewDecl->addAttr(NewAttr);
6313       }
6314     }
6315   }
6316 }
6317 
6318 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
6319 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
6320 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
6321 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
6322   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
6323 
6324   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
6325   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
6326 
6327   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
6328   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
6329     return false;
6330 
6331   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
6332   return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
6333 }
6334 
6335 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
6336 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
6337 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
6338 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
6339 ///
6340 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
6341 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
6342 ///
6343 /// For instance:
6344 ///
6345 ///   auto x = []{};
6346 ///
6347 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
6348 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
6349 ///
6350 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
6351 template<typename T>
6352 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
6353   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6354     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
6355     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
6356       return false;
6357 
6358     // So do CUDA's host/device attributes.
6359     if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() ||
6360                                  D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()))
6361       return false;
6362   }
6363   return D->isExternC();
6364 }
6365 
6366 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
6367   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
6368   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC) ||
6369       isa<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(DC))
6370     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
6371   if (DC->isFileContext())
6372     return true;
6373   if (DC->isRecord())
6374     return false;
6375   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
6376 }
6377 
6378 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
6379   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
6380   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
6381       isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC) || isa<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(DC))
6382     return true;
6383   if (DC->isRecord())
6384     return false;
6385   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
6386 }
6387 
6388 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
6389                           ParsedAttr::Kind Kind) {
6390   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
6391   if (PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind))
6392     return true;
6393 
6394   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
6395   // position to the decl itself.
6396   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
6397     if (PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs().hasAttribute(Kind))
6398       return true;
6399   }
6400 
6401   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
6402   return PD.getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind);
6403 }
6404 
6405 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
6406 /// function-local external declaration.
6407 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
6408   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
6409     return false;
6410 
6411   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
6412   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
6413   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
6414   if (DC->isDependentContext())
6415     return true;
6416 
6417   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
6418   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
6419   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
6420   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
6421   //
6422   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
6423   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
6424   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
6425     DC = DC->getParent();
6426   return true;
6427 }
6428 
6429 /// Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage.
6430 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) {
6431   if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
6432     return FD->isExternC();
6433   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
6434     return VD->isExternC();
6435 
6436   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!");
6437 }
6438 
6439 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(
6440     Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6441     LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
6442     bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) {
6443   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
6444   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
6445 
6446   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
6447 
6448   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
6449     // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic
6450     // purposes.
6451     auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator();
6452     if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) {
6453       II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name;
6454       Name = II;
6455     }
6456   } else if (!II) {
6457     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) << Name;
6458     return nullptr;
6459   }
6460 
6461   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
6462     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument.
6463     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function
6464     // argument.
6465     if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) {
6466       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6467            diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter)
6468           << R;
6469       D.setInvalidType();
6470       return nullptr;
6471     }
6472 
6473     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r:
6474     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
6475     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q:
6476     // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program scope.
6477     if (NULL == S->getParent()) {
6478       if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) {
6479         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6480              diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var) << R;
6481         D.setInvalidType();
6482         return nullptr;
6483       }
6484     }
6485 
6486     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
6487     QualType NR = R;
6488     while (NR->isPointerType()) {
6489       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
6490         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer);
6491         D.setInvalidType();
6492         break;
6493       }
6494       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
6495     }
6496 
6497     if (!getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16")) {
6498       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
6499       // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
6500       if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
6501         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
6502         D.setInvalidType();
6503       }
6504     }
6505 
6506     if (R->isSamplerT()) {
6507       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
6508       // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
6509       // space qualifiers.
6510       if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
6511           R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) {
6512         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
6513       }
6514 
6515       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.12.14.1:
6516       // A global sampler must be declared with either the constant address
6517       // space qualifier or with the const qualifier.
6518       if (DC->isTranslationUnit() &&
6519           !(R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
6520           R.isConstQualified())) {
6521         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_nonconst_global_sampler);
6522         D.setInvalidType();
6523       }
6524     }
6525 
6526     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r:
6527     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
6528     // address space qualifiers.
6529     if (R->isEventT()) {
6530       if (R.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private) {
6531         Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
6532         D.setInvalidType();
6533       }
6534     }
6535 
6536     // C++ for OpenCL does not allow the thread_local storage qualifier.
6537     // OpenCL C does not support thread_local either, and
6538     // also reject all other thread storage class specifiers.
6539     DeclSpec::TSCS TSC = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec();
6540     if (TSC != TSCS_unspecified) {
6541       bool IsCXX = getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus;
6542       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6543            diag::err_opencl_unknown_type_specifier)
6544           << IsCXX << getLangOpts().getOpenCLVersionTuple().getAsString()
6545           << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSC) << 1;
6546       D.setInvalidType();
6547       return nullptr;
6548     }
6549   }
6550 
6551   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
6552   StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
6553 
6554   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
6555   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
6556   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
6557       hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLImport) &&
6558       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLExport))
6559     SC = SC_Extern;
6560 
6561   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
6562   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
6563                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
6564 
6565   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
6566     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
6567     // an error here
6568     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
6569     D.setInvalidType();
6570     SC = SC_None;
6571   }
6572 
6573   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
6574       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
6575                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
6576     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
6577     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
6578     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
6579     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6580          getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class
6581                                    : diag::warn_deprecated_register)
6582       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6583   }
6584 
6585   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
6586 
6587   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
6588     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
6589     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
6590     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
6591     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
6592       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
6593       D.setInvalidType();
6594     }
6595   }
6596 
6597   bool IsMemberSpecialization = false;
6598   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
6599   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
6600   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
6601   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
6602   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
6603   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
6604   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6605     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6606                             II, R, TInfo, SC);
6607 
6608     if (R->getContainedDeducedType())
6609       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
6610 
6611     if (D.isInvalidType())
6612       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6613 
6614     if (NewVD->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() &&
6615         NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
6616       checkNonTrivialCUnion(NewVD->getType(), NewVD->getLocation(),
6617                             NTCUC_AutoVar, NTCUK_Destruct);
6618   } else {
6619     bool Invalid = false;
6620 
6621     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
6622       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
6623       switch (SC) {
6624       case SC_None:
6625         break;
6626       case SC_Static:
6627         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6628              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
6629           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6630         break;
6631       case SC_Auto:
6632       case SC_Register:
6633       case SC_Extern:
6634         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
6635         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
6636         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
6637         // of class members
6638 
6639         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6640              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
6641           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6642         break;
6643       case SC_PrivateExtern:
6644         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
6645       }
6646     }
6647 
6648     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
6649       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
6650         if (RD->isLocalClass())
6651           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6652                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
6653             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
6654 
6655         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
6656         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
6657         if (RD->isUnion())
6658           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6659                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
6660                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
6661                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
6662         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
6663         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
6664           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6665                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
6666             << Name << RD->isUnion();
6667       }
6668     }
6669 
6670     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
6671     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
6672     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6673         D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6674         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6675         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId
6676             ? D.getName().TemplateId
6677             : nullptr,
6678         TemplateParamLists,
6679         /*never a friend*/ false, IsMemberSpecialization, Invalid);
6680 
6681     if (TemplateParams) {
6682       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
6683           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) {
6684         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
6685         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
6686         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
6687              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
6688           << II
6689           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
6690                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
6691         TemplateParams = nullptr;
6692       } else {
6693         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) {
6694           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
6695           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
6696           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
6697           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
6698         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
6699           // This is a template declaration.
6700           IsVariableTemplate = true;
6701 
6702           // Check that we can declare a template here.
6703           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
6704             return nullptr;
6705 
6706           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
6707           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6708                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14
6709                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
6710                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
6711         }
6712       }
6713     } else {
6714       assert((Invalid ||
6715               D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) &&
6716              "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
6717     }
6718 
6719     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
6720       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
6721           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
6722               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
6723               : SourceLocation();
6724       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
6725           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
6726           IsPartialSpecialization);
6727       if (Res.isInvalid())
6728         return nullptr;
6729       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
6730       AddToScope = false;
6731     } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
6732       NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(),
6733                                         D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC,
6734                                         Bindings);
6735     } else
6736       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(),
6737                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
6738 
6739     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
6740     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
6741       NewTemplate =
6742           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
6743                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
6744       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
6745     }
6746 
6747     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
6748     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
6749     if (R->getContainedDeducedType())
6750       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
6751 
6752     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
6753       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6754       if (NewTemplate)
6755         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6756     }
6757 
6758     SetNestedNameSpecifier(*this, NewVD, D);
6759 
6760     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
6761     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
6762     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
6763     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
6764       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
6765           Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists));
6766   }
6767 
6768   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) {
6769     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6770       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
6771           << 0;
6772     } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6773       // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration.
6774       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
6775            diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
6776         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
6777     } else {
6778       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
6779            getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable
6780                                      : diag::ext_inline_variable);
6781       NewVD->setInlineSpecified();
6782     }
6783   }
6784 
6785   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
6786   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
6787   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6788   if (NewTemplate)
6789     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6790 
6791   if (IsLocalExternDecl) {
6792     if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator())
6793       for (auto *B : Bindings)
6794         B->setLocalExternDecl();
6795     else
6796       NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
6797   }
6798 
6799   bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false;
6800   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
6801     // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
6802     //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
6803     //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
6804     //   explicitly.
6805     // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
6806     //   'extern'.
6807     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
6808         (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified ||
6809          TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local ||
6810          !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()))
6811       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6812            diag::err_thread_non_global)
6813         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
6814     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) {
6815       if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) {
6816         // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to
6817         // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the
6818         // error should be ignored.
6819         EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true;
6820         // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with
6821         // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going
6822         // to emit any code for it.
6823         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
6824       } else
6825         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6826              diag::err_thread_unsupported);
6827     } else
6828       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
6829   }
6830 
6831   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier()) {
6832   case CSK_unspecified:
6833     break;
6834 
6835   case CSK_consteval:
6836     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
6837         diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind)
6838       << D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier();
6839     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
6840 
6841   case CSK_constexpr:
6842     NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
6843     // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1:
6844     //   A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is
6845     //   implicitly an inline variable.
6846     if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() &&
6847         (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ||
6848          Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()))
6849       NewVD->setImplicitlyInline();
6850     break;
6851 
6852   case CSK_constinit:
6853     if (!NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())
6854       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
6855            diag::err_constinit_local_variable);
6856     else
6857       NewVD->addAttr(ConstInitAttr::Create(
6858           Context, D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
6859           AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword, ConstInitAttr::Keyword_constinit));
6860     break;
6861   }
6862 
6863   // C99 6.7.4p3
6864   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
6865   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
6866   //   thread storage duration...
6867   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
6868   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
6869   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
6870   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
6871   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
6872   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
6873       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
6874     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
6875     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
6876       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6877            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
6878       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
6879     }
6880   }
6881 
6882   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
6883     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
6884       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
6885           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
6886           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
6887                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
6888     else if (IsMemberSpecialization)
6889       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
6890         << 2
6891         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
6892     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
6893       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
6894         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
6895         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
6896         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
6897     else {
6898       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
6899       if (NewTemplate)
6900         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
6901       for (auto *B : Bindings)
6902         B->setModulePrivate();
6903     }
6904   }
6905 
6906   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
6907   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
6908 
6909   if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) {
6910     if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError &&
6911         ((getLangOpts().CUDA && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) ||
6912          (getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice &&
6913           OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::isDeclareTargetDeclaration(NewVD))))
6914       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6915            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
6916     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
6917     // storage [duration]."
6918     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
6919         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
6920          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
6921       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
6922     }
6923   }
6924 
6925   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
6926   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
6927   // check the VarDecl itself.
6928   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
6929          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
6930          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
6931 
6932   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
6933   // retainable type.
6934   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
6935     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6936 
6937   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
6938   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
6939     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
6940     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
6941     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
6942     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
6943       switch (SC) {
6944       case SC_None:
6945       case SC_Auto:
6946         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
6947         break;
6948       case SC_Register:
6949         // Local Named register
6950         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) &&
6951             DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl()))
6952           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
6953         break;
6954       case SC_Static:
6955       case SC_Extern:
6956       case SC_PrivateExtern:
6957         break;
6958       }
6959     } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
6960       // Global Named register
6961       if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) {
6962         const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo();
6963         bool HasSizeMismatch;
6964 
6965         if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
6966           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
6967         else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label,
6968                                                     Context.getTypeSize(R),
6969                                                     HasSizeMismatch))
6970           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label;
6971         else if (HasSizeMismatch)
6972           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label;
6973       }
6974 
6975       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
6976         Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
6977         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6978       }
6979     }
6980 
6981     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context)
6982                        AsmLabelAttr(Context, SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Label));
6983   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
6984     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
6985       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
6986     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
6987       if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) {
6988         NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
6989         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
6990       } else
6991         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
6992             << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD;
6993     }
6994   }
6995 
6996   // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope.
6997   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()
6998                                 ? getShadowedDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)
6999                                 : nullptr;
7000 
7001   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
7002   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
7003   // declaration has linkage).
7004   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
7005                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
7006                        IsMemberSpecialization ||
7007                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
7008 
7009   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
7010   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
7011   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7012       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
7013     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
7014         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
7015         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
7016 
7017   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7018     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
7019   } else {
7020     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
7021     if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7022         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
7023       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7024 
7025     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
7026     if (!Previous.empty()) {
7027       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
7028           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
7029           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7030         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
7031         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
7032         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
7033           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7034         Previous.clear();
7035         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7036       }
7037     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7038       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
7039       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
7040         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
7041         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7042       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7043     }
7044 
7045     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
7046       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
7047 
7048     if (NewTemplate) {
7049       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
7050           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
7051               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
7052               : nullptr;
7053 
7054       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
7055       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
7056       // template declaration.
7057       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
7058               TemplateParams,
7059               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
7060                               : nullptr,
7061               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7062                DC->isDependentContext())
7063                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7064                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
7065         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7066 
7067       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
7068       // template, make a note of that.
7069       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
7070           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
7071         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
7072     }
7073   }
7074 
7075   // Diagnose shadowed variables iff this isn't a redeclaration.
7076   if (ShadowedDecl && !D.isRedeclaration())
7077     CheckShadow(NewVD, ShadowedDecl, Previous);
7078 
7079   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
7080 
7081   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7082   // the map of such variables.
7083   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7084       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
7085     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
7086 
7087   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
7088     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
7089     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
7090             NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
7091       Context.setManglingNumber(
7092           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
7093                      NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
7094       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
7095     }
7096   }
7097 
7098   // Special handling of variable named 'main'.
7099   if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") &&
7100       NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
7101       !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) {
7102 
7103     // C++ [basic.start.main]p3
7104     // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed.
7105     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
7106       Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_main_global_variable);
7107 
7108     // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined
7109     // behavior.
7110     else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage())
7111       Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_main_redefined);
7112   }
7113 
7114   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
7115     NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
7116     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewVD, IsMemberSpecialization,
7117                                    D.isFunctionDefinition());
7118   }
7119 
7120   if (NewTemplate) {
7121     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
7122       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7123     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
7124     return NewTemplate;
7125   }
7126 
7127   if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
7128     CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous);
7129 
7130   return NewVD;
7131 }
7132 
7133 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow.
7134 enum ShadowedDeclKind {
7135   SDK_Local,
7136   SDK_Global,
7137   SDK_StaticMember,
7138   SDK_Field,
7139   SDK_Typedef,
7140   SDK_Using
7141 };
7142 
7143 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
7144 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl,
7145                                                 const DeclContext *OldDC) {
7146   if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
7147     return SDK_Using;
7148   else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
7149     return SDK_Typedef;
7150   else if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC))
7151     return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember;
7152 
7153   return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local;
7154 }
7155 
7156 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given
7157 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise.
7158 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
7159                                          const VarDecl *VD) {
7160   for (const Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) {
7161     if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD)
7162       return Capture.getLocation();
7163   }
7164   return SourceLocation();
7165 }
7166 
7167 static bool shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(const DiagnosticsEngine &Diags,
7168                                      const LookupResult &R) {
7169   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
7170   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
7171     return false;
7172 
7173   // Return false if warning is ignored.
7174   return !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc());
7175 }
7176 
7177 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null
7178 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled.
7179 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D,
7180                                         const LookupResult &R) {
7181   if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R))
7182     return nullptr;
7183 
7184   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
7185   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
7186     return nullptr;
7187 
7188   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
7189   return isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) || isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)
7190              ? ShadowedDecl
7191              : nullptr;
7192 }
7193 
7194 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given typedef \p D, or null
7195 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled.
7196 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D,
7197                                         const LookupResult &R) {
7198   // Don't warn if typedef declaration is part of a class
7199   if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
7200     return nullptr;
7201 
7202   if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R))
7203     return nullptr;
7204 
7205   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
7206   return isa<TypedefNameDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl : nullptr;
7207 }
7208 
7209 /// Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
7210 /// -Wshadow.
7211 ///
7212 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
7213 /// scope.
7214 ///
7215 /// \param ShadowedDecl the declaration that is shadowed by the given variable
7216 /// \param R the lookup of the name
7217 ///
7218 void Sema::CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl,
7219                        const LookupResult &R) {
7220   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
7221 
7222   if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) {
7223     // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
7224     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
7225       if (MD->isStatic())
7226         return;
7227 
7228     // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually
7229     // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter.
7230     if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC))
7231       if (const auto PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) {
7232         // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its
7233         // modification or its existence depending on warning settings.
7234         ShadowingDecls.insert({PVD->getCanonicalDecl(), FD});
7235         return;
7236       }
7237   }
7238 
7239   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
7240     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
7241       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
7242       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
7243       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
7244         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
7245           ShadowedDecl = I;
7246           break;
7247         }
7248     }
7249 
7250   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
7251 
7252   unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow;
7253   SourceLocation CaptureLoc;
7254   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC &&
7255       isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) {
7256     if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) {
7257       if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) {
7258         if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) {
7259           // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list.
7260           const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction());
7261           // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly.
7262           CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl));
7263           if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
7264             WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local;
7265         } else {
7266           // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the
7267           // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it.
7268           cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction())
7269               ->ShadowingDecls.push_back(
7270                   {cast<VarDecl>(D), cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)});
7271           return;
7272         }
7273       }
7274 
7275       if (cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)->hasLocalStorage()) {
7276         // A variable can't shadow a local variable in an enclosing scope, if
7277         // they are separated by a non-capturing declaration context.
7278         for (DeclContext *ParentDC = NewDC;
7279              ParentDC && !ParentDC->Equals(OldDC);
7280              ParentDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(ParentDC)) {
7281           // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions
7282           // can capture; other scopes don't.
7283           if (!isa<BlockDecl>(ParentDC) && !isa<CapturedDecl>(ParentDC) &&
7284               !isLambdaCallOperator(ParentDC)) {
7285             return;
7286           }
7287         }
7288       }
7289     }
7290   }
7291 
7292   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
7293   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
7294     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
7295     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
7296       return;
7297 
7298     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
7299     // static data members from base classes?
7300 
7301     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
7302     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
7303     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
7304   }
7305 
7306 
7307   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
7308 
7309   // Emit warning and note.
7310   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
7311     return;
7312   ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC);
7313   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
7314   if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
7315     Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here)
7316         << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1;
7317   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7318 }
7319 
7320 /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD
7321 /// when these variables are captured by the lambda.
7322 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) {
7323   for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) {
7324     const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl;
7325     // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured.
7326     SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl);
7327     const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
7328     Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid()
7329                                        ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local
7330                                        : diag::warn_decl_shadow)
7331         << Shadow.VD->getDeclName()
7332         << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC;
7333     if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
7334       Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here)
7335           << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0;
7336     Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7337   }
7338 }
7339 
7340 /// Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
7341 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
7342   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
7343     return;
7344 
7345   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
7346                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration);
7347   LookupName(R, S);
7348   if (NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(D, R))
7349     CheckShadow(D, ShadowedDecl, R);
7350 }
7351 
7352 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers
7353 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field.
7354 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) {
7355   // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters.
7356   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty())
7357     return;
7358   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7359   auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
7360   if (!DRE)
7361     return;
7362   const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
7363   auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D);
7364   if (I == ShadowingDecls.end())
7365     return;
7366   const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second;
7367   const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
7368   Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC;
7369   Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D;
7370   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7371 
7372   // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl.
7373   ShadowingDecls.erase(I);
7374 }
7375 
7376 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
7377 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
7378 template<typename T>
7379 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
7380     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
7381   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
7382   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
7383 
7384   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
7385     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
7386     // declaration.
7387     return false;
7388   }
7389 
7390   if (Prev) {
7391     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
7392       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
7393       // redeclaration.
7394       Previous.clear();
7395       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
7396       return true;
7397     }
7398 
7399     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
7400     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
7401     // declaration.
7402     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
7403       return false;
7404   } else {
7405     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
7406     // translation unit which might conflict.
7407     if (IsGlobal) {
7408       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
7409       IsGlobal = false;
7410       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
7411            I != E; ++I) {
7412         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
7413           Prev = *I;
7414           break;
7415         }
7416       }
7417     } else {
7418       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
7419           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
7420       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
7421            I != E; ++I) {
7422         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
7423           Prev = *I;
7424           break;
7425         }
7426         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
7427         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
7428         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
7429         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
7430         // diagnostic.
7431       }
7432     }
7433 
7434     if (!Prev)
7435       return false;
7436   }
7437 
7438   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
7439   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
7440   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
7441   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
7442     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
7443   else
7444     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
7445 
7446   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
7447     << IsGlobal << ND;
7448   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
7449     << IsGlobal;
7450   return false;
7451 }
7452 
7453 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
7454 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
7455 ///
7456 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
7457 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
7458 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
7459 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
7460 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
7461 template<typename T>
7462 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
7463                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
7464   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7465     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
7466     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
7467     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
7468     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7469       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
7470         Previous.clear();
7471         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
7472         return true;
7473       }
7474     }
7475     return false;
7476   }
7477 
7478   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
7479   // declaration.
7480   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
7481     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
7482 
7483   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
7484   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
7485   // in another scope.
7486   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
7487     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
7488 
7489   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
7490   return false;
7491 }
7492 
7493 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
7494   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
7495   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
7496     return;
7497 
7498   QualType T = NewVD->getType();
7499 
7500   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
7501   if (T->isUndeducedType())
7502     return;
7503 
7504   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
7505     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
7506 
7507   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
7508     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
7509       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
7510     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
7511     NewVD->setType(T);
7512   }
7513 
7514   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
7515   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
7516   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
7517   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
7518   if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
7519       T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) {
7520     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 0;
7521     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7522     return;
7523   }
7524 
7525   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program
7526   // scope.
7527   if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 &&
7528       !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers") &&
7529       NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
7530     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
7531     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7532     return;
7533   }
7534 
7535   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7536     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported.
7537     if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7538       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type);
7539       return;
7540     }
7541 
7542     if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
7543       // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and
7544       // can't use 'extern' storage class.
7545       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
7546         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration)
7547             << 0 /*const*/;
7548         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7549         return;
7550       }
7551       if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
7552         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration);
7553         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7554         return;
7555       }
7556     }
7557     // OpenCL C v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
7558     // __constant address space.
7559     // OpenCL C v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static
7560     // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global
7561     // address space.
7562     // C++ for OpenCL inherits rule from OpenCL C v2.0.
7563     // FIXME: Adding local AS in C++ for OpenCL might make sense.
7564     if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() ||
7565         NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
7566       if (!T->isSamplerT() &&
7567           !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
7568             (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global &&
7569              (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200 ||
7570               getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)))) {
7571         int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1;
7572         if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200 || getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)
7573           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
7574               << Scope << "global or constant";
7575         else
7576           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
7577               << Scope << "constant";
7578         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7579         return;
7580       }
7581     } else {
7582       if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) {
7583         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
7584             << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global";
7585         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7586         return;
7587       }
7588       if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
7589           T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
7590         FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl();
7591         // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: no local or constant variables
7592         // in functions.
7593         if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7594           if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant)
7595             Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
7596                 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant";
7597           else
7598             Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
7599                 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local";
7600           NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7601           return;
7602         }
7603         // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: local and constant variables must be
7604         // in the outermost scope of a kernel function.
7605         if (FD && FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7606           if (!getCurScope()->isFunctionScope()) {
7607             if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant)
7608               Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope)
7609                   << "constant";
7610             else
7611               Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope)
7612                   << "local";
7613             NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7614             return;
7615           }
7616         }
7617       } else if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private &&
7618                  // If we are parsing a template we didn't deduce an addr
7619                  // space yet.
7620                  T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) {
7621         // Do not allow other address spaces on automatic variable.
7622         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 1;
7623         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7624         return;
7625       }
7626     }
7627   }
7628 
7629   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
7630       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7631     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
7632       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
7633     else {
7634       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
7635       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
7636     }
7637   }
7638 
7639   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
7640   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
7641       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
7642     setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
7643 
7644   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
7645       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
7646     bool SizeIsNegative;
7647     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
7648     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(
7649         NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Context, SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
7650     QualType FixedT;
7651     if (FixedTInfo &&  T == NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType())
7652       FixedT = FixedTInfo->getType();
7653     else if (FixedTInfo) {
7654       // Type and type-as-written are canonically different. We need to fix up
7655       // both types separately.
7656       FixedT = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative,
7657                                                    Oversized);
7658     }
7659     if ((!FixedTInfo || FixedT.isNull()) && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
7660       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
7661       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
7662       // int a[10][n];
7663       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
7664 
7665       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
7666         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
7667         << SizeRange;
7668       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
7669         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
7670         << SizeRange;
7671       else
7672         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
7673         << SizeRange;
7674       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7675       return;
7676     }
7677 
7678     if (!FixedTInfo) {
7679       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
7680         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
7681       else
7682         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
7683       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7684       return;
7685     }
7686 
7687     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
7688     NewVD->setType(FixedT);
7689     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
7690   }
7691 
7692   if (T->isVoidType()) {
7693     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
7694     //                    of objects and functions.
7695     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7696       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
7697         << T;
7698       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7699       return;
7700     }
7701   }
7702 
7703   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7704     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
7705     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7706     return;
7707   }
7708 
7709   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7710     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
7711     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7712     return;
7713   }
7714 
7715   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
7716       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
7717                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
7718     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7719     return;
7720   }
7721 }
7722 
7723 /// Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
7724 /// declaration.
7725 ///
7726 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
7727 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
7728 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
7729 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
7730 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
7731 ///
7732 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
7733 ///
7734 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
7735 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
7736   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
7737 
7738   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
7739   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
7740     return false;
7741 
7742   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
7743   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
7744   if (Previous.empty() &&
7745       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
7746     Previous.setShadowed();
7747 
7748   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7749     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
7750     return true;
7751   }
7752   return false;
7753 }
7754 
7755 namespace {
7756 struct FindOverriddenMethod {
7757   Sema *S;
7758   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
7759 
7760   /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
7761   /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
7762   /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
7763   bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) {
7764     RecordDecl *BaseRecord =
7765         Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
7766 
7767     DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName();
7768 
7769     // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
7770     if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
7771       // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
7772       QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
7773       CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
7774 
7775       Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
7776     }
7777 
7778     for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty();
7779          Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
7780       NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
7781       if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
7782         if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false))
7783           return true;
7784       }
7785     }
7786 
7787     return false;
7788   }
7789 };
7790 
7791 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
7792 } // end anonymous namespace
7793 
7794 /// Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
7795 /// overridden methods.
7796 ///
7797 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
7798 /// \param MD the overriding method.
7799 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
7800 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
7801                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
7802   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
7803   for (const CXXMethodDecl *O : MD->overridden_methods()) {
7804     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
7805     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
7806     // out the diag loop 3 times.
7807     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
7808         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !O->isDeleted()) ||
7809         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && O->isDeleted()))
7810       S.Diag(O->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
7811   }
7812 }
7813 
7814 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
7815 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
7816 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
7817   // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override.
7818   CXXBasePaths Paths;
7819   FindOverriddenMethod FOM;
7820   FOM.Method = MD;
7821   FOM.S = this;
7822   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
7823   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
7824   bool AddedAny = false;
7825   if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) {
7826     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
7827       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
7828         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
7829         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
7830             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
7831             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
7832             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
7833           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
7834           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
7835           AddedAny = true;
7836         }
7837       }
7838     }
7839   }
7840 
7841   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
7842     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
7843   }
7844   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
7845     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
7846   }
7847 
7848   return AddedAny;
7849 }
7850 
7851 namespace {
7852   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
7853   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
7854   struct ActOnFDArgs {
7855     Scope *S;
7856     Declarator &D;
7857     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
7858     bool AddToScope;
7859   };
7860 } // end anonymous namespace
7861 
7862 namespace {
7863 
7864 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
7865 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
7866 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
7867  public:
7868   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
7869                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
7870       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
7871         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
7872 
7873   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
7874     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
7875       return false;
7876 
7877     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
7878     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
7879                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
7880          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
7881       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
7882 
7883       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
7884           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
7885         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
7886           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
7887           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
7888             return true;
7889         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
7890           return true;
7891         }
7892       }
7893     }
7894 
7895     return false;
7896   }
7897 
7898   std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override {
7899     return std::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(*this);
7900   }
7901 
7902  private:
7903   ASTContext &Context;
7904   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
7905   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
7906 };
7907 
7908 } // end anonymous namespace
7909 
7910 void Sema::MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F) {
7911   TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.insert(F);
7912 }
7913 
7914 /// Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
7915 ///
7916 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
7917 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
7918 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
7919 /// the same name.
7920 ///
7921 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
7922 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
7923 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7924     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
7925     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
7926   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
7927   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
7928   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
7929   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
7930   TypoCorrection Correction;
7931   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
7932   unsigned DiagMsg =
7933     IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend :
7934     NewFD->getFriendObjectKind() ? diag::err_qualified_friend_no_match :
7935     diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
7936   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
7937                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
7938                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
7939                     Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration);
7940 
7941   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7942   if (IsLocalFriend)
7943     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
7944   else
7945     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
7946   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
7947          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
7948   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7949   DifferentNameValidatorCCC CCC(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
7950                                 MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr);
7951   if (!Prev.empty()) {
7952     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
7953          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
7954       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
7955       if (FD &&
7956           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
7957         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
7958         // involve a parameter
7959         unsigned ParamNum =
7960             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
7961         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
7962       }
7963     }
7964   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
7965   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
7966                   Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
7967                   &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), CCC, Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery,
7968                   IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
7969     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
7970     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
7971                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
7972     Previous.clear();
7973     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
7974     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
7975                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
7976          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
7977       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
7978       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
7979           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
7980         Previous.addDecl(FD);
7981       }
7982     }
7983     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
7984 
7985     NamedDecl *Result;
7986     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
7987     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
7988     {
7989       // Trap errors.
7990       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
7991 
7992       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
7993       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
7994       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
7995       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
7996           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
7997           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
7998           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
7999           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
8000 
8001       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
8002         Result = nullptr;
8003     }
8004 
8005     if (Result) {
8006       // Determine which correction we picked.
8007       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
8008       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
8009            I != E; ++I)
8010         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
8011           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
8012 
8013       // Let Sema know about the correction.
8014       SemaRef.MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(Result);
8015       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
8016           Correction,
8017           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
8018                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
8019                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
8020             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
8021       return Result;
8022     }
8023 
8024     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
8025     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
8026                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
8027     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
8028     Previous.clear();
8029     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
8030   }
8031 
8032   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
8033       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
8034 
8035   bool NewFDisConst = false;
8036   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
8037     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
8038 
8039   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
8040        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
8041        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
8042     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
8043     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
8044     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
8045     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
8046 
8047     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
8048     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
8049       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
8050       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
8051       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
8052       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
8053                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
8054         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
8055         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
8056     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
8057       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
8058           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
8059     } else
8060       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
8061                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
8062                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
8063   }
8064   return nullptr;
8065 }
8066 
8067 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) {
8068   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
8069   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
8070   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
8071   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
8072   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
8073     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
8074                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
8075     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
8076     D.setInvalidType();
8077     break;
8078   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
8079   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
8080     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
8081       return SC_None;
8082     return SC_Extern;
8083   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
8084     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
8085       // C99 6.7.1p5:
8086       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
8087       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
8088       //   other than extern
8089       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
8090       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
8091                    diag::err_static_block_func);
8092       break;
8093     } else
8094       return SC_Static;
8095   }
8096   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
8097   }
8098 
8099   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
8100   return SC_None;
8101 }
8102 
8103 static FunctionDecl *CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
8104                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
8105                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
8106                                            StorageClass SC,
8107                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
8108   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
8109   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
8110 
8111   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
8112   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
8113 
8114   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8115     // Determine whether the function was written with a
8116     // prototype. This true when:
8117     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
8118     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other non-
8119     //     attributed reference to a type name (which eventually refers to a
8120     //     function type).
8121     bool HasPrototype =
8122       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
8123       (!R->getAsAdjusted<FunctionType>() && R->isFunctionProtoType());
8124 
8125     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo,
8126                                  R, TInfo, SC, isInline, HasPrototype,
8127                                  CSK_unspecified);
8128     if (D.isInvalidType())
8129       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8130 
8131     return NewFD;
8132   }
8133 
8134   ExplicitSpecifier ExplicitSpecifier = D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecifier();
8135 
8136   ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind = D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier();
8137   if (ConstexprKind == CSK_constinit) {
8138     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
8139                  diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind)
8140         << ConstexprKind;
8141     ConstexprKind = CSK_unspecified;
8142     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearConstexprSpec();
8143   }
8144 
8145   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
8146   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
8147   // the class has been completely parsed.
8148   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
8149       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
8150           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
8151           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
8152     D.setInvalidType();
8153 
8154   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
8155     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
8156     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
8157            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
8158 
8159     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
8160     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(
8161         SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R,
8162         TInfo, ExplicitSpecifier, isInline,
8163         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, ConstexprKind);
8164 
8165   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
8166     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
8167     if (DC->isRecord()) {
8168       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
8169       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
8170       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD =
8171           CXXDestructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Record, D.getBeginLoc(),
8172                                     NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
8173                                     /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
8174 
8175       // If the destructor needs an implicit exception specification, set it
8176       // now. FIXME: It'd be nice to be able to create the right type to start
8177       // with, but the type needs to reference the destructor declaration.
8178       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8179         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(NewDD);
8180 
8181       IsVirtualOkay = true;
8182       return NewDD;
8183 
8184     } else {
8185       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
8186       D.setInvalidType();
8187 
8188       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
8189       // code path.
8190       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(),
8191                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, SC,
8192                                   isInline,
8193                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, ConstexprKind);
8194     }
8195 
8196   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
8197     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
8198       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
8199            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
8200       return nullptr;
8201     }
8202 
8203     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
8204     IsVirtualOkay = true;
8205     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(
8206         SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R,
8207         TInfo, isInline, ExplicitSpecifier, ConstexprKind, SourceLocation());
8208 
8209   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName) {
8210     SemaRef.CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(D, R, SC);
8211 
8212     return CXXDeductionGuideDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(),
8213                                          ExplicitSpecifier, NameInfo, R, TInfo,
8214                                          D.getEndLoc());
8215   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
8216     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
8217     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
8218     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
8219     // constructor if it has no return type).
8220     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
8221         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
8222       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
8223         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
8224         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
8225       return nullptr;
8226     }
8227 
8228     // This is a C++ method declaration.
8229     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(
8230         SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R,
8231         TInfo, SC, isInline, ConstexprKind, SourceLocation());
8232     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
8233     return Ret;
8234   } else {
8235     bool isFriend =
8236         SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
8237     if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord())
8238       return nullptr;
8239 
8240     // Determine whether the function was written with a
8241     // prototype. This true when:
8242     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
8243     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo,
8244                                 R, TInfo, SC, isInline, true /*HasPrototype*/,
8245                                 ConstexprKind);
8246   }
8247 }
8248 
8249 enum OpenCLParamType {
8250   ValidKernelParam,
8251   PtrPtrKernelParam,
8252   PtrKernelParam,
8253   InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam,
8254   InvalidKernelParam,
8255   RecordKernelParam
8256 };
8257 
8258 static bool isOpenCLSizeDependentType(ASTContext &C, QualType Ty) {
8259   // Size dependent types are just typedefs to normal integer types
8260   // (e.g. unsigned long), so we cannot distinguish them from other typedefs to
8261   // integers other than by their names.
8262   StringRef SizeTypeNames[] = {"size_t", "intptr_t", "uintptr_t", "ptrdiff_t"};
8263 
8264   // Remove typedefs one by one until we reach a typedef
8265   // for a size dependent type.
8266   QualType DesugaredTy = Ty;
8267   do {
8268     ArrayRef<StringRef> Names(SizeTypeNames);
8269     auto Match = llvm::find(Names, DesugaredTy.getAsString());
8270     if (Names.end() != Match)
8271       return true;
8272 
8273     Ty = DesugaredTy;
8274     DesugaredTy = Ty.getSingleStepDesugaredType(C);
8275   } while (DesugaredTy != Ty);
8276 
8277   return false;
8278 }
8279 
8280 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) {
8281   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
8282     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
8283     if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
8284       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
8285     if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic ||
8286         PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private ||
8287         PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::Default)
8288       return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam;
8289     return PtrKernelParam;
8290   }
8291 
8292   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
8293   // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
8294   // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
8295   // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be one
8296   // of these built-in scalar types.
8297   if (isOpenCLSizeDependentType(S.getASTContext(), PT))
8298     return InvalidKernelParam;
8299 
8300   if (PT->isImageType())
8301     return PtrKernelParam;
8302 
8303   if (PT->isBooleanType() || PT->isEventT() || PT->isReserveIDT())
8304     return InvalidKernelParam;
8305 
8306   // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5:
8307   // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in
8308   // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc.
8309   if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16") && PT->isHalfType())
8310     return InvalidKernelParam;
8311 
8312   if (PT->isRecordType())
8313     return RecordKernelParam;
8314 
8315   // Look into an array argument to check if it has a forbidden type.
8316   if (PT->isArrayType()) {
8317     const Type *UnderlyingTy = PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType();
8318     // Call ourself to check an underlying type of an array. Since the
8319     // getPointeeOrArrayElementType returns an innermost type which is not an
8320     // array, this recursive call only happens once.
8321     return getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QualType(UnderlyingTy, 0));
8322   }
8323 
8324   return ValidKernelParam;
8325 }
8326 
8327 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
8328   Sema &S,
8329   Declarator &D,
8330   ParmVarDecl *Param,
8331   llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) {
8332   QualType PT = Param->getType();
8333 
8334   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
8335   // used again
8336   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
8337     return;
8338 
8339   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) {
8340   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
8341     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
8342     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
8343     // pointer to a pointer type.
8344     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
8345     D.setInvalidType();
8346     return;
8347 
8348   case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam:
8349     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5:
8350     // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point
8351     // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or
8352     // __constant.
8353     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space);
8354     D.setInvalidType();
8355     return;
8356 
8357     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
8358     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
8359     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
8360     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
8361     // one of these built-in scalar types.
8362 
8363   case InvalidKernelParam:
8364     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
8365     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
8366     // of event_t type.
8367     // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument
8368     // type for any function elsewhere.
8369     if (!PT->isHalfType()) {
8370       S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
8371 
8372       // Explain what typedefs are involved.
8373       const TypedefType *Typedef = nullptr;
8374       while ((Typedef = PT->getAs<TypedefType>())) {
8375         SourceLocation Loc = Typedef->getDecl()->getLocation();
8376         // SourceLocation may be invalid for a built-in type.
8377         if (Loc.isValid())
8378           S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_entity_declared_at) << PT;
8379         PT = Typedef->desugar();
8380       }
8381     }
8382 
8383     D.setInvalidType();
8384     return;
8385 
8386   case PtrKernelParam:
8387   case ValidKernelParam:
8388     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
8389     return;
8390 
8391   case RecordKernelParam:
8392     break;
8393   }
8394 
8395   // Track nested structs we will inspect
8396   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
8397 
8398   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
8399   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
8400   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
8401   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
8402 
8403   // At this point we already handled everything except of a RecordType or
8404   // an ArrayType of a RecordType.
8405   assert((PT->isArrayType() || PT->isRecordType()) && "Unexpected type.");
8406   const RecordType *RecTy =
8407       PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType()->getAs<RecordType>();
8408   const RecordDecl *OrigRecDecl = RecTy->getDecl();
8409 
8410   VisitStack.push_back(RecTy->getDecl());
8411   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
8412 
8413   do {
8414     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
8415     if (!Next) {
8416       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
8417       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
8418       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
8419         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
8420 
8421       continue;
8422     }
8423 
8424     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
8425     // field itself) to the history stack.
8426     const RecordDecl *RD;
8427     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
8428       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
8429 
8430       QualType FieldTy = Field->getType();
8431       // Other field types (known to be valid or invalid) are handled while we
8432       // walk around RecordDecl::fields().
8433       assert((FieldTy->isArrayType() || FieldTy->isRecordType()) &&
8434              "Unexpected type.");
8435       const Type *FieldRecTy = FieldTy->getPointeeOrArrayElementType();
8436 
8437       RD = FieldRecTy->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
8438     } else {
8439       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
8440     }
8441 
8442     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
8443     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
8444 
8445     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
8446       QualType QT = FD->getType();
8447 
8448       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
8449         continue;
8450 
8451       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT);
8452       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
8453         continue;
8454 
8455       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
8456         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
8457         continue;
8458       }
8459 
8460       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
8461       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
8462       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
8463       // union.
8464       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
8465           ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) {
8466         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
8467                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
8468           << PT->isUnionType()
8469           << PT;
8470       } else {
8471         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
8472       }
8473 
8474       S.Diag(OrigRecDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
8475           << OrigRecDecl->getDeclName();
8476 
8477       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
8478       // the offending field came from
8479       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator
8480                I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
8481                E = HistoryStack.end();
8482            I != E; ++I) {
8483         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
8484         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
8485           << OuterField->getType();
8486       }
8487 
8488       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
8489         << QT->isPointerType()
8490         << QT;
8491       D.setInvalidType();
8492       return;
8493     }
8494   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
8495 }
8496 
8497 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an
8498 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds
8499 /// nothing.
8500 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) {
8501   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
8502     DC = DC->getParent();
8503   return DC;
8504 }
8505 
8506 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an
8507 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds
8508 /// nothing.
8509 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
8510   while (S->isClassScope() ||
8511          (LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
8512           S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
8513          ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
8514          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
8515     S = S->getParent();
8516   return S;
8517 }
8518 
8519 NamedDecl*
8520 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
8521                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
8522                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
8523                               bool &AddToScope) {
8524   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
8525 
8526   assert(R->isFunctionType());
8527 
8528   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
8529   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
8530   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
8531   StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
8532 
8533   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
8534     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
8535          diag::err_invalid_thread)
8536       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
8537 
8538   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
8539     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(),
8540                            D.getIdentifierLoc());
8541 
8542   bool isFriend = false;
8543   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
8544   bool isMemberSpecialization = false;
8545   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
8546 
8547   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
8548   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
8549   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
8550 
8551   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
8552 
8553   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
8554   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
8555 
8556   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
8557                                               isVirtualOkay);
8558   if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
8559 
8560   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
8561     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
8562 
8563   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
8564   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
8565   // context will be different from the semantic context.
8566   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
8567 
8568   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
8569     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
8570 
8571   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8572     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
8573     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
8574     bool hasExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().hasExplicitSpecifier();
8575     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
8576     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
8577       // C++ [class.friend]p5
8578       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
8579       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
8580       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
8581     }
8582 
8583     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
8584     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
8585     // return true).
8586     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
8587           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
8588       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
8589         NewFD->setPure(true);
8590 
8591       // C++ [class.union]p2
8592       //   A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions.
8593       if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion())
8594         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union);
8595     }
8596 
8597     SetNestedNameSpecifier(*this, NewFD, D);
8598     isMemberSpecialization = false;
8599     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
8600     if (D.isInvalidType())
8601       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8602 
8603     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
8604     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
8605     bool Invalid = false;
8606     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
8607             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
8608                 D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
8609                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
8610                 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId
8611                     ? D.getName().TemplateId
8612                     : nullptr,
8613                 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isMemberSpecialization,
8614                 Invalid)) {
8615       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
8616         // This is a function template
8617 
8618         // Check that we can declare a template here.
8619         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
8620           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8621 
8622         // A destructor cannot be a template.
8623         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
8624           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
8625           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8626         }
8627 
8628         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
8629         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
8630         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
8631         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
8632           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
8633           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
8634             Invalid = true;
8635         }
8636 
8637         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
8638                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
8639                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
8640                                                         NewFD);
8641         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
8642         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
8643 
8644         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
8645         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
8646           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
8647                                                TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1));
8648         }
8649       } else {
8650         // This is a function template specialization.
8651         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
8652         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
8653         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
8654           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
8655 
8656         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
8657         if (isFriend) {
8658           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
8659           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
8660 
8661           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
8662           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
8663           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
8664           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
8665           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
8666           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
8667           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) {
8668             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
8669             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
8670           }
8671 
8672           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
8673             << Name << RemoveRange
8674             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
8675             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
8676         }
8677       }
8678     } else {
8679       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
8680       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
8681       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
8682         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
8683         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
8684     }
8685 
8686     if (Invalid) {
8687       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8688       if (FunctionTemplate)
8689         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
8690     }
8691 
8692     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
8693     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
8694     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
8695     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
8696     //
8697     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8698       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
8699         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
8700              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
8701       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
8702         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
8703         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
8704              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
8705           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
8706       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8707         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
8708         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
8709         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
8710              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
8711           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
8712       } else {
8713         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
8714         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
8715       }
8716 
8717       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
8718           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
8719         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
8720     }
8721 
8722     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
8723         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
8724          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
8725         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8726       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
8727       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
8728       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
8729       // thing to do.
8730       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
8731       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
8732       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
8733           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
8734       QualType Result =
8735           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
8736       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
8737                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
8738     }
8739 
8740     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
8741     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
8742     //  declaration.
8743     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8744       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
8745         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
8746         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
8747              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
8748           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
8749       }
8750     }
8751 
8752     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
8753     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
8754     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
8755     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
8756     if (hasExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8757         !isa<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) {
8758       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
8759         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
8760         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
8761              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
8762             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecRange());
8763       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
8764                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
8765         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
8766         // or conversion function.
8767         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
8768              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
8769             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecRange());
8770       }
8771     }
8772 
8773     if (ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind =
8774             D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier()) {
8775       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
8776       // are implicitly inline.
8777       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
8778 
8779       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
8780       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
8781       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
8782       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
8783         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor)
8784             << ConstexprKind;
8785       }
8786     }
8787 
8788     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
8789     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
8790       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
8791         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
8792           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
8793         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
8794           << 0
8795           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
8796       } else {
8797         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
8798         if (FunctionTemplate)
8799           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
8800       }
8801     }
8802 
8803     if (isFriend) {
8804       if (FunctionTemplate) {
8805         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
8806         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
8807       }
8808       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
8809       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
8810     }
8811 
8812     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
8813     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
8814     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
8815     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
8816       case FDK_Declaration:
8817       case FDK_Definition:
8818         break;
8819 
8820       case FDK_Defaulted:
8821         NewFD->setDefaulted();
8822         break;
8823 
8824       case FDK_Deleted:
8825         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
8826         break;
8827     }
8828 
8829     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
8830         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
8831       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
8832       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
8833       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
8834       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
8835     }
8836 
8837     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
8838         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
8839       // C++ [class.static]p1:
8840       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
8841       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
8842       //   the class.
8843 
8844       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
8845       // member function definition.
8846 
8847       // MSVC permits the use of a 'static' storage specifier on an out-of-line
8848       // member function template declaration and class member template
8849       // declaration (MSVC versions before 2015), warn about this.
8850       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
8851            ((!getLangOpts().isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) &&
8852              cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getDescribedClassTemplate()) ||
8853            (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()))
8854            ? diag::ext_static_out_of_line : diag::err_static_out_of_line)
8855         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8856     }
8857 
8858     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
8859     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
8860     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
8861     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
8862     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
8863          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
8864         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec())
8865       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(
8866           FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(),
8867           FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept)));
8868   }
8869 
8870   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
8871   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
8872                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
8873                        isMemberSpecialization ||
8874                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
8875 
8876   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
8877   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
8878     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
8879     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
8880     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(Context, SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
8881                                                 SE->getString()));
8882   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
8883     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
8884       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
8885     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
8886       if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) {
8887         NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
8888         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
8889       } else
8890         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
8891             << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD;
8892     }
8893   }
8894 
8895   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
8896   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
8897   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
8898   unsigned FTIIdx;
8899   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) {
8900     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun;
8901 
8902     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
8903     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
8904     // single void argument.
8905     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
8906     // already checks for that case.
8907     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
8908       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
8909         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
8910         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
8911         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
8912         Params.push_back(Param);
8913 
8914         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
8915           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8916       }
8917     }
8918 
8919     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8920       // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them
8921       // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag
8922       // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always
8923       // the TU.
8924       DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext =
8925           getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext());
8926       for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) {
8927         auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl);
8928 
8929         // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum
8930         // instead.
8931         if (!TD) {
8932           if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl))
8933             TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext());
8934         }
8935         if (!TD)
8936           continue;
8937         DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext();
8938         if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD))
8939           continue;
8940         TagDC->removeDecl(TD);
8941         TD->setDeclContext(NewFD);
8942         NewFD->addDecl(TD);
8943 
8944         // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag
8945         // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of
8946         // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the
8947         // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f:
8948         //   void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s);
8949         if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext)
8950           TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC);
8951       }
8952     }
8953   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
8954     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
8955     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
8956     // parameters for use in the declaration.
8957     //
8958     // @code
8959     // typedef void fn(int);
8960     // fn f;
8961     // @endcode
8962 
8963     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
8964     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
8965       ParmVarDecl *Param =
8966           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
8967       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
8968       Params.push_back(Param);
8969     }
8970   } else {
8971     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
8972            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
8973   }
8974 
8975   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
8976   NewFD->setParams(Params);
8977 
8978   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
8979     NewFD->addAttr(C11NoReturnAttr::Create(Context,
8980                                            D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
8981                                            AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword));
8982 
8983   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
8984   // because all functions have linkage.
8985   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8986       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
8987     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
8988     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8989   }
8990 
8991   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section text' is active
8992   if (PragmaClangTextSection.Valid && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
8993       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>())
8994     NewFD->addAttr(PragmaClangTextSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
8995         Context, PragmaClangTextSection.SectionName,
8996         PragmaClangTextSection.PragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
8997 
8998   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active.
8999   if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
9000       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
9001     NewFD->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
9002         Context, CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
9003         CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma,
9004         SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate));
9005     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
9006                      ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute |
9007                          ASTContext::PSF_Read,
9008                      NewFD))
9009       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
9010   }
9011 
9012   // Apply an implicit CodeSegAttr from class declspec or
9013   // apply an implicit SectionAttr from #pragma code_seg if active.
9014   if (!NewFD->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) {
9015     if (Attr *SAttr = getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(NewFD,
9016                                                                  D.isFunctionDefinition())) {
9017       NewFD->addAttr(SAttr);
9018     }
9019   }
9020 
9021   // Handle attributes.
9022   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
9023 
9024   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
9025     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
9026     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
9027     LangAS AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace();
9028     if (AddressSpace != LangAS::Default) {
9029       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
9030            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
9031       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9032     }
9033   }
9034 
9035   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9036     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
9037     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
9038       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
9039 
9040     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
9041       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
9042 
9043     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9044       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
9045                                                   isMemberSpecialization));
9046     else if (!Previous.empty())
9047       // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
9048       D.setRedeclaration(true);
9049     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
9050             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
9051            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
9052 
9053     // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that
9054     // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging
9055     // possibly prototyped redeclarations.
9056     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
9057     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
9058       CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC();
9059       if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) {
9060         // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without
9061         // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning.
9062         int DiagID =
9063             CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr;
9064         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID)
9065             << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC);
9066       }
9067     }
9068 
9069    if (NewFD->getReturnType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() ||
9070        NewFD->getReturnType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
9071      checkNonTrivialCUnion(NewFD->getReturnType(),
9072                            NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange().getBegin(),
9073                            NTCUC_FunctionReturn, NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy);
9074   } else {
9075     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
9076     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
9077     //
9078     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
9079     //
9080     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
9081     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
9082     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
9083         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
9084         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
9085       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
9086            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
9087         << NewFD->getDeclName();
9088 
9089     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
9090     // argument list into our AST format.
9091     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) {
9092       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
9093       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
9094       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
9095       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
9096                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
9097       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
9098                                  TemplateArgs);
9099 
9100       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
9101 
9102       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9103         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
9104       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
9105         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
9106         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
9107           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
9108 
9109         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
9110       } else {
9111         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
9112                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
9113                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
9114         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
9115         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
9116       }
9117     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
9118       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
9119       // wrote something like:
9120       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
9121       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
9122       //   friend void foo<>(int);
9123       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
9124       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
9125       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
9126       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
9127     }
9128 
9129     // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because
9130     // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their
9131     // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied,
9132     // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a
9133     // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template
9134     // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below.
9135     if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization)
9136       maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous);
9137 
9138     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
9139     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
9140     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
9141     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
9142     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
9143     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
9144         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
9145          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
9146             TemplateArgs,
9147             InstantiationDependent))) {
9148       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
9149              "friend function specialization without template args");
9150       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
9151                                                        Previous))
9152         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9153     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
9154       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
9155           && !isFriend) {
9156         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
9157       } else if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9158                  CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
9159                      NewFD, (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : nullptr),
9160                      Previous))
9161         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9162 
9163       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
9164       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
9165       //   specialization (14.7.3)
9166       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
9167           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
9168       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
9169         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
9170           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
9171                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
9172             << SC
9173             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
9174                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
9175 
9176         else
9177           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
9178                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
9179             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
9180                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
9181       }
9182     } else if (isMemberSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
9183       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
9184           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9185     }
9186 
9187     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
9188     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
9189       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
9190         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
9191 
9192       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
9193         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
9194 
9195       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9196         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
9197                                                     isMemberSpecialization));
9198       else if (!Previous.empty())
9199         // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
9200         D.setRedeclaration(true);
9201     }
9202 
9203     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
9204             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
9205            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
9206 
9207     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
9208                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
9209                                 : NewFD);
9210 
9211     if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) {
9212       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
9213       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9214         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
9215 
9216       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
9217       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
9218     }
9219 
9220     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
9221         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
9222       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
9223 
9224     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
9225     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
9226     if (FunctionTemplate) {
9227       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
9228                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
9229       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
9230                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
9231                                     : nullptr,
9232                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
9233                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
9234                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
9235                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
9236                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
9237                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
9238                                  DC->isDependentContext())
9239                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
9240                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
9241     }
9242 
9243     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9244       // Ignore all the rest of this.
9245     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
9246       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
9247                                        AddToScope };
9248       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
9249       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
9250         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
9251 
9252       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
9253       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
9254         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
9255         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
9256 
9257         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
9258         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
9259         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
9260         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
9261         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
9262         // can actually do this check immediately.
9263         //
9264         // Unless the scope is dependent, it's always an error if qualified
9265         // redeclaration lookup found nothing at all. Diagnose that now;
9266         // nothing will diagnose that error later.
9267         if (isFriend &&
9268             (D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
9269              (!Previous.empty() && CurContext->isDependentContext()))) {
9270           // ignore these
9271         } else {
9272           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
9273           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
9274           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
9275           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
9276           //
9277           // class X {
9278           //   void f() const;
9279           // };
9280           //
9281           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
9282           //
9283           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
9284           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
9285           // whether the parameter types are references).
9286 
9287           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
9288                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
9289             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
9290             return Result;
9291           }
9292         }
9293 
9294         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
9295         // to something.
9296       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
9297         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
9298                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
9299           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
9300           return Result;
9301         }
9302       }
9303     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
9304                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
9305                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
9306                !isMemberSpecialization) {
9307       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
9308       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
9309       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
9310       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
9311       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
9312       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
9313       // generate them.
9314       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
9315         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
9316     }
9317   }
9318 
9319   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
9320   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
9321 
9322   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
9323 
9324   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
9325       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
9326     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
9327          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
9328       << NewFD;
9329 
9330     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
9331     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
9332     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
9333         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
9334     EPI.Variadic = true;
9335     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
9336 
9337     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
9338     NewFD->setType(R);
9339   }
9340 
9341   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
9342   // member, set the visibility of this function.
9343   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
9344     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
9345 
9346   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
9347   // marking the function.
9348   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
9349 
9350   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
9351   // a pragma.
9352   if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
9353     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
9354 
9355   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
9356   // the map of such variables.
9357   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9358       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
9359     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
9360 
9361   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
9362   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
9363 
9364   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
9365     NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
9366     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewFD,
9367                                    isMemberSpecialization ||
9368                                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization,
9369                                    D.isFunctionDefinition());
9370   }
9371 
9372   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
9373     IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier();
9374     if (II && II->isStr(getCudaConfigureFuncName()) &&
9375         !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9376         NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
9377       if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
9378         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return)
9379             << getCudaConfigureFuncName();
9380       Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
9381     }
9382 
9383     // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed
9384     // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed
9385     // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions.
9386     if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() &&
9387         (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() ||
9388          NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) &&
9389         !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() &&
9390           !D.isFunctionDefinition())) {
9391       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn);
9392     }
9393   }
9394 
9395   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
9396 
9397 
9398 
9399   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
9400     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
9401     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
9402         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
9403       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
9404       D.setInvalidType();
9405     }
9406 
9407     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
9408     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
9409       SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
9410       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type)
9411           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void")
9412                                 : FixItHint());
9413       D.setInvalidType();
9414     }
9415 
9416     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
9417     for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters())
9418       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
9419 
9420     if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) {
9421       if (DC->isRecord()) {
9422         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_method_kernel);
9423         D.setInvalidType();
9424       }
9425       if (FunctionTemplate) {
9426         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_kernel);
9427         D.setInvalidType();
9428       }
9429     }
9430   }
9431 
9432   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9433     if (FunctionTemplate) {
9434       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9435         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
9436       return FunctionTemplate;
9437     }
9438 
9439     if (isMemberSpecialization && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9440       CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous);
9441   }
9442 
9443   for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) {
9444     QualType PT = Param->getType();
9445 
9446     // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value
9447     // types.
9448     if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200 || getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) {
9449       if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) {
9450         QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType();
9451           if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) {
9452             Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type );
9453             D.setInvalidType();
9454           }
9455       }
9456     }
9457   }
9458 
9459   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
9460   // The actual specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
9461   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
9462   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
9463     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
9464                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
9465                                 Context, CurContext, NewFD->getLocation(),
9466                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
9467                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
9468     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
9469     AddToScope = false;
9470   }
9471 
9472   // Diagnose availability attributes. Availability cannot be used on functions
9473   // that are run during load/unload.
9474   if (const auto *attr = NewFD->getAttr<AvailabilityAttr>()) {
9475     if (NewFD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>()) {
9476       Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer)
9477           << 1;
9478       NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>();
9479     }
9480     if (NewFD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) {
9481       Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer)
9482           << 2;
9483       NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>();
9484     }
9485   }
9486 
9487   return NewFD;
9488 }
9489 
9490 /// Return a CodeSegAttr from a containing class.  The Microsoft docs say
9491 /// when __declspec(code_seg) "is applied to a class, all member functions of
9492 /// the class and nested classes -- this includes compiler-generated special
9493 /// member functions -- are put in the specified segment."
9494 /// The actual behavior is a little more complicated. The Microsoft compiler
9495 /// won't check outer classes if there is an active value from #pragma code_seg.
9496 /// The CodeSeg is always applied from the direct parent but only from outer
9497 /// classes when the #pragma code_seg stack is empty. See:
9498 /// https://reviews.llvm.org/D22931, the Microsoft feedback page is no longer
9499 /// available since MS has removed the page.
9500 static Attr *getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) {
9501   const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
9502   if (!Method)
9503     return nullptr;
9504   const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = Method->getParent();
9505   if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) {
9506     Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext());
9507     NewAttr->setImplicit(true);
9508     return NewAttr;
9509   }
9510 
9511   // The Microsoft compiler won't check outer classes for the CodeSeg
9512   // when the #pragma code_seg stack is active.
9513   if (S.CodeSegStack.CurrentValue)
9514    return nullptr;
9515 
9516   while ((Parent = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Parent->getParent()))) {
9517     if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) {
9518       Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext());
9519       NewAttr->setImplicit(true);
9520       return NewAttr;
9521     }
9522   }
9523   return nullptr;
9524 }
9525 
9526 /// Returns an implicit CodeSegAttr if a __declspec(code_seg) is found on a
9527 /// containing class. Otherwise it will return implicit SectionAttr if the
9528 /// function is a definition and there is an active value on CodeSegStack
9529 /// (from the current #pragma code-seg value).
9530 ///
9531 /// \param FD Function being declared.
9532 /// \param IsDefinition Whether it is a definition or just a declarartion.
9533 /// \returns A CodeSegAttr or SectionAttr to apply to the function or
9534 ///          nullptr if no attribute should be added.
9535 Attr *Sema::getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
9536                                                        bool IsDefinition) {
9537   if (Attr *A = getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(*this, FD))
9538     return A;
9539   if (!FD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && IsDefinition &&
9540       CodeSegStack.CurrentValue)
9541     return SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
9542         getASTContext(), CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
9543         CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma,
9544         SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate);
9545   return nullptr;
9546 }
9547 
9548 /// Determines if we can perform a correct type check for \p D as a
9549 /// redeclaration of \p PrevDecl. If not, we can generally still perform a
9550 /// best-effort check.
9551 ///
9552 /// \param NewD The new declaration.
9553 /// \param OldD The old declaration.
9554 /// \param NewT The portion of the type of the new declaration to check.
9555 /// \param OldT The portion of the type of the old declaration to check.
9556 bool Sema::canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(ValueDecl *NewD, ValueDecl *OldD,
9557                                           QualType NewT, QualType OldT) {
9558   if (!NewD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
9559     return true;
9560 
9561   // For dependently-typed local extern declarations and friends, we can't
9562   // perform a correct type check in general until instantiation:
9563   //
9564   //   int f();
9565   //   template<typename T> void g() { T f(); }
9566   //
9567   // (valid if g() is only instantiated with T = int).
9568   if (NewT->isDependentType() &&
9569       (NewD->isLocalExternDecl() || NewD->getFriendObjectKind()))
9570     return false;
9571 
9572   // Similarly, if the previous declaration was a dependent local extern
9573   // declaration, we don't really know its type yet.
9574   if (OldT->isDependentType() && OldD->isLocalExternDecl())
9575     return false;
9576 
9577   return true;
9578 }
9579 
9580 /// Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be
9581 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration.
9582 ///
9583 /// \param D Declaration that is checked.
9584 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the
9585 ///                 same declaration name.
9586 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl
9587 ///          belongs to.
9588 ///
9589 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) {
9590   if (!D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
9591     return true;
9592 
9593   // Don't chain dependent friend function definitions until instantiation, to
9594   // permit cases like
9595   //
9596   //   void func();
9597   //   template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() {} };
9598   //   template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() {} };
9599   //
9600   // ... which is valid if only one of C1 and C2 is ever instantiated.
9601   //
9602   // FIXME: This need only apply to function definitions. For now, we proxy
9603   // this by checking for a file-scope function. We do not want this to apply
9604   // to friend declarations nominating member functions, because that gets in
9605   // the way of access checks.
9606   if (D->getFriendObjectKind() && D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
9607     return false;
9608 
9609   auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
9610   auto *PrevVD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(PrevDecl);
9611   return !VD || !PrevVD ||
9612          canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(VD, PrevVD, VD->getType(),
9613                                         PrevVD->getType());
9614 }
9615 
9616 /// Check the target attribute of the function for MultiVersion
9617 /// validity.
9618 ///
9619 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
9620 static bool CheckMultiVersionValue(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) {
9621   const auto *TA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
9622   assert(TA && "MultiVersion Candidate requires a target attribute");
9623   TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr ParseInfo = TA->parse();
9624   const TargetInfo &TargetInfo = S.Context.getTargetInfo();
9625   enum ErrType { Feature = 0, Architecture = 1 };
9626 
9627   if (!ParseInfo.Architecture.empty() &&
9628       !TargetInfo.validateCpuIs(ParseInfo.Architecture)) {
9629     S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option)
9630         << Architecture << ParseInfo.Architecture;
9631     return true;
9632   }
9633 
9634   for (const auto &Feat : ParseInfo.Features) {
9635     auto BareFeat = StringRef{Feat}.substr(1);
9636     if (Feat[0] == '-') {
9637       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option)
9638           << Feature << ("no-" + BareFeat).str();
9639       return true;
9640     }
9641 
9642     if (!TargetInfo.validateCpuSupports(BareFeat) ||
9643         !TargetInfo.isValidFeatureName(BareFeat)) {
9644       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option)
9645           << Feature << BareFeat;
9646       return true;
9647     }
9648   }
9649   return false;
9650 }
9651 
9652 static bool HasNonMultiVersionAttributes(const FunctionDecl *FD,
9653                                          MultiVersionKind MVType) {
9654   for (const Attr *A : FD->attrs()) {
9655     switch (A->getKind()) {
9656     case attr::CPUDispatch:
9657     case attr::CPUSpecific:
9658       if (MVType != MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch &&
9659           MVType != MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific)
9660         return true;
9661       break;
9662     case attr::Target:
9663       if (MVType != MultiVersionKind::Target)
9664         return true;
9665       break;
9666     default:
9667       return true;
9668     }
9669   }
9670   return false;
9671 }
9672 
9673 bool Sema::areMultiversionVariantFunctionsCompatible(
9674     const FunctionDecl *OldFD, const FunctionDecl *NewFD,
9675     const PartialDiagnostic &NoProtoDiagID,
9676     const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoteCausedDiagIDAt,
9677     const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoSupportDiagIDAt,
9678     const PartialDiagnosticAt &DiffDiagIDAt, bool TemplatesSupported,
9679     bool ConstexprSupported) {
9680   enum DoesntSupport {
9681     FuncTemplates = 0,
9682     VirtFuncs = 1,
9683     DeducedReturn = 2,
9684     Constructors = 3,
9685     Destructors = 4,
9686     DeletedFuncs = 5,
9687     DefaultedFuncs = 6,
9688     ConstexprFuncs = 7,
9689     ConstevalFuncs = 8,
9690   };
9691   enum Different {
9692     CallingConv = 0,
9693     ReturnType = 1,
9694     ConstexprSpec = 2,
9695     InlineSpec = 3,
9696     StorageClass = 4,
9697     Linkage = 5,
9698   };
9699 
9700   if (OldFD && !OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
9701     Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), NoProtoDiagID);
9702     Diag(NoteCausedDiagIDAt.first, NoteCausedDiagIDAt.second);
9703     return true;
9704   }
9705 
9706   if (!NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
9707     return Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), NoProtoDiagID);
9708 
9709   if (!TemplatesSupported &&
9710       NewFD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate)
9711     return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
9712            << FuncTemplates;
9713 
9714   if (const auto *NewCXXFD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
9715     if (NewCXXFD->isVirtual())
9716       return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
9717              << VirtFuncs;
9718 
9719     if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewCXXFD))
9720       return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
9721              << Constructors;
9722 
9723     if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewCXXFD))
9724       return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
9725              << Destructors;
9726   }
9727 
9728   if (NewFD->isDeleted())
9729     return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
9730            << DeletedFuncs;
9731 
9732   if (NewFD->isDefaulted())
9733     return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
9734            << DefaultedFuncs;
9735 
9736   if (!ConstexprSupported && NewFD->isConstexpr())
9737     return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
9738            << (NewFD->isConsteval() ? ConstevalFuncs : ConstexprFuncs);
9739 
9740   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewFD->getType());
9741   const auto *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
9742   QualType NewReturnType = NewType->getReturnType();
9743 
9744   if (NewReturnType->isUndeducedType())
9745     return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
9746            << DeducedReturn;
9747 
9748   // Ensure the return type is identical.
9749   if (OldFD) {
9750     QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(OldFD->getType());
9751     const auto *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
9752     FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
9753     FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
9754 
9755     if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC())
9756       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << CallingConv;
9757 
9758     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
9759 
9760     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType)
9761       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << ReturnType;
9762 
9763     if (OldFD->getConstexprKind() != NewFD->getConstexprKind())
9764       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << ConstexprSpec;
9765 
9766     if (OldFD->isInlineSpecified() != NewFD->isInlineSpecified())
9767       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << InlineSpec;
9768 
9769     if (OldFD->getStorageClass() != NewFD->getStorageClass())
9770       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << StorageClass;
9771 
9772     if (OldFD->isExternC() != NewFD->isExternC())
9773       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << Linkage;
9774 
9775     if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
9776             OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), OldFD->getLocation(),
9777             NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), NewFD->getLocation()))
9778       return true;
9779   }
9780   return false;
9781 }
9782 
9783 static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *OldFD,
9784                                              const FunctionDecl *NewFD,
9785                                              bool CausesMV,
9786                                              MultiVersionKind MVType) {
9787   if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) {
9788     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported);
9789     if (OldFD)
9790       S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9791     return true;
9792   }
9793 
9794   bool IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType =
9795       MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch ||
9796       MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific;
9797 
9798   // For now, disallow all other attributes.  These should be opt-in, but
9799   // an analysis of all of them is a future FIXME.
9800   if (CausesMV && OldFD && HasNonMultiVersionAttributes(OldFD, MVType)) {
9801     S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_no_other_attrs)
9802         << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType;
9803     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here);
9804     return true;
9805   }
9806 
9807   if (HasNonMultiVersionAttributes(NewFD, MVType))
9808     return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_no_other_attrs)
9809            << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType;
9810 
9811   // Only allow transition to MultiVersion if it hasn't been used.
9812   if (OldFD && CausesMV && OldFD->isUsed(false))
9813     return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_after_used);
9814 
9815   return S.areMultiversionVariantFunctionsCompatible(
9816       OldFD, NewFD, S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_noproto),
9817       PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(),
9818                           S.PDiag(diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here)),
9819       PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(),
9820                           S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support)
9821                               << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType),
9822       PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(),
9823                           S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_diff)),
9824       /*TemplatesSupported=*/false,
9825       /*ConstexprSupported=*/!IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType);
9826 }
9827 
9828 /// Check the validity of a multiversion function declaration that is the
9829 /// first of its kind. Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself.
9830 ///
9831 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
9832 ///
9833 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
9834 static bool CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD,
9835                                            MultiVersionKind MVType,
9836                                            const TargetAttr *TA) {
9837   assert(MVType != MultiVersionKind::None &&
9838          "Function lacks multiversion attribute");
9839 
9840   // Target only causes MV if it is default, otherwise this is a normal
9841   // function.
9842   if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && !TA->isDefaultVersion())
9843     return false;
9844 
9845   if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && CheckMultiVersionValue(S, FD)) {
9846     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9847     return true;
9848   }
9849 
9850   if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, nullptr, FD, true, MVType)) {
9851     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9852     return true;
9853   }
9854 
9855   FD->setIsMultiVersion();
9856   return false;
9857 }
9858 
9859 static bool PreviousDeclsHaveMultiVersionAttribute(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
9860   for (const Decl *D = FD->getPreviousDecl(); D; D = D->getPreviousDecl()) {
9861     if (D->getAsFunction()->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::None)
9862       return true;
9863   }
9864 
9865   return false;
9866 }
9867 
9868 static bool CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning(
9869     Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD, const TargetAttr *NewTA,
9870     bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious,
9871     LookupResult &Previous) {
9872   const auto *OldTA = OldFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
9873   TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed = NewTA->parse();
9874   // Sort order doesn't matter, it just needs to be consistent.
9875   llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features);
9876 
9877   // If the old decl is NOT MultiVersioned yet, and we don't cause that
9878   // to change, this is a simple redeclaration.
9879   if (!NewTA->isDefaultVersion() &&
9880       (!OldTA || OldTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr()))
9881     return false;
9882 
9883   // Otherwise, this decl causes MultiVersioning.
9884   if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) {
9885     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported);
9886     S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9887     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9888     return true;
9889   }
9890 
9891   if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD, true,
9892                                        MultiVersionKind::Target)) {
9893     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9894     return true;
9895   }
9896 
9897   if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) {
9898     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9899     return true;
9900   }
9901 
9902   // If this is 'default', permit the forward declaration.
9903   if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && !OldTA && NewTA->isDefaultVersion()) {
9904     Redeclaration = true;
9905     OldDecl = OldFD;
9906     OldFD->setIsMultiVersion();
9907     NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
9908     return false;
9909   }
9910 
9911   if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, OldFD)) {
9912     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here);
9913     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9914     return true;
9915   }
9916 
9917   TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr OldParsed =
9918       OldTA->parse(std::less<std::string>());
9919 
9920   if (OldParsed == NewParsed) {
9921     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate);
9922     S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9923     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9924     return true;
9925   }
9926 
9927   for (const auto *FD : OldFD->redecls()) {
9928     const auto *CurTA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
9929     // We allow forward declarations before ANY multiversioning attributes, but
9930     // nothing after the fact.
9931     if (PreviousDeclsHaveMultiVersionAttribute(FD) &&
9932         (!CurTA || CurTA->isInherited())) {
9933       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl)
9934           << 0;
9935       S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here);
9936       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9937       return true;
9938     }
9939   }
9940 
9941   OldFD->setIsMultiVersion();
9942   NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
9943   Redeclaration = false;
9944   MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
9945   OldDecl = nullptr;
9946   Previous.clear();
9947   return false;
9948 }
9949 
9950 /// Check the validity of a new function declaration being added to an existing
9951 /// multiversioned declaration collection.
9952 static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl(
9953     Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
9954     MultiVersionKind NewMVType, const TargetAttr *NewTA,
9955     const CPUDispatchAttr *NewCPUDisp, const CPUSpecificAttr *NewCPUSpec,
9956     bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious,
9957     LookupResult &Previous) {
9958 
9959   MultiVersionKind OldMVType = OldFD->getMultiVersionKind();
9960   // Disallow mixing of multiversioning types.
9961   if ((OldMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target &&
9962        NewMVType != MultiVersionKind::Target) ||
9963       (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target &&
9964        OldMVType != MultiVersionKind::Target)) {
9965     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_types_mixed);
9966     S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9967     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9968     return true;
9969   }
9970 
9971   TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed;
9972   if (NewTA) {
9973     NewParsed = NewTA->parse();
9974     llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features);
9975   }
9976 
9977   bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules =
9978       S.CurContext->isRecord() && !NewFD->getFriendObjectKind();
9979 
9980   // Next, check ALL non-overloads to see if this is a redeclaration of a
9981   // previous member of the MultiVersion set.
9982   for (NamedDecl *ND : Previous) {
9983     FunctionDecl *CurFD = ND->getAsFunction();
9984     if (!CurFD)
9985       continue;
9986     if (S.IsOverload(NewFD, CurFD, UseMemberUsingDeclRules))
9987       continue;
9988 
9989     if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target) {
9990       const auto *CurTA = CurFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
9991       if (CurTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr()) {
9992         NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
9993         Redeclaration = true;
9994         OldDecl = ND;
9995         return false;
9996       }
9997 
9998       TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr CurParsed =
9999           CurTA->parse(std::less<std::string>());
10000       if (CurParsed == NewParsed) {
10001         S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate);
10002         S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10003         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10004         return true;
10005       }
10006     } else {
10007       const auto *CurCPUSpec = CurFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>();
10008       const auto *CurCPUDisp = CurFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>();
10009       // Handle CPUDispatch/CPUSpecific versions.
10010       // Only 1 CPUDispatch function is allowed, this will make it go through
10011       // the redeclaration errors.
10012       if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch &&
10013           CurFD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>()) {
10014         if (CurCPUDisp->cpus_size() == NewCPUDisp->cpus_size() &&
10015             std::equal(
10016                 CurCPUDisp->cpus_begin(), CurCPUDisp->cpus_end(),
10017                 NewCPUDisp->cpus_begin(),
10018                 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) {
10019                   return Cur->getName() == New->getName();
10020                 })) {
10021           NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10022           Redeclaration = true;
10023           OldDecl = ND;
10024           return false;
10025         }
10026 
10027         // If the declarations don't match, this is an error condition.
10028         S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_dispatch_mismatch);
10029         S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10030         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10031         return true;
10032       }
10033       if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific && CurCPUSpec) {
10034 
10035         if (CurCPUSpec->cpus_size() == NewCPUSpec->cpus_size() &&
10036             std::equal(
10037                 CurCPUSpec->cpus_begin(), CurCPUSpec->cpus_end(),
10038                 NewCPUSpec->cpus_begin(),
10039                 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) {
10040                   return Cur->getName() == New->getName();
10041                 })) {
10042           NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10043           Redeclaration = true;
10044           OldDecl = ND;
10045           return false;
10046         }
10047 
10048         // Only 1 version of CPUSpecific is allowed for each CPU.
10049         for (const IdentifierInfo *CurII : CurCPUSpec->cpus()) {
10050           for (const IdentifierInfo *NewII : NewCPUSpec->cpus()) {
10051             if (CurII == NewII) {
10052               S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_specific_multiple_defs)
10053                   << NewII;
10054               S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10055               NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10056               return true;
10057             }
10058           }
10059         }
10060       }
10061       // If the two decls aren't the same MVType, there is no possible error
10062       // condition.
10063     }
10064   }
10065 
10066   // Else, this is simply a non-redecl case.  Checking the 'value' is only
10067   // necessary in the Target case, since The CPUSpecific/Dispatch cases are
10068   // handled in the attribute adding step.
10069   if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target &&
10070       CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) {
10071     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10072     return true;
10073   }
10074 
10075   if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD,
10076                                        !OldFD->isMultiVersion(), NewMVType)) {
10077     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10078     return true;
10079   }
10080 
10081   // Permit forward declarations in the case where these two are compatible.
10082   if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion()) {
10083     OldFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10084     NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10085     Redeclaration = true;
10086     OldDecl = OldFD;
10087     return false;
10088   }
10089 
10090   NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10091   Redeclaration = false;
10092   MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
10093   OldDecl = nullptr;
10094   Previous.clear();
10095   return false;
10096 }
10097 
10098 
10099 /// Check the validity of a mulitversion function declaration.
10100 /// Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself.
10101 ///
10102 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
10103 ///
10104 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
10105 static bool CheckMultiVersionFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10106                                       bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
10107                                       bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious,
10108                                       LookupResult &Previous) {
10109   const auto *NewTA = NewFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
10110   const auto *NewCPUDisp = NewFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>();
10111   const auto *NewCPUSpec = NewFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>();
10112 
10113   // Mixing Multiversioning types is prohibited.
10114   if ((NewTA && NewCPUDisp) || (NewTA && NewCPUSpec) ||
10115       (NewCPUDisp && NewCPUSpec)) {
10116     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_types_mixed);
10117     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10118     return true;
10119   }
10120 
10121   MultiVersionKind  MVType = NewFD->getMultiVersionKind();
10122 
10123   // Main isn't allowed to become a multiversion function, however it IS
10124   // permitted to have 'main' be marked with the 'target' optimization hint.
10125   if (NewFD->isMain()) {
10126     if ((MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && NewTA->isDefaultVersion()) ||
10127         MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch ||
10128         MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific) {
10129       S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_allowed_on_main);
10130       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10131       return true;
10132     }
10133     return false;
10134   }
10135 
10136   if (!OldDecl || !OldDecl->getAsFunction() ||
10137       OldDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() !=
10138           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) {
10139     // If there's no previous declaration, AND this isn't attempting to cause
10140     // multiversioning, this isn't an error condition.
10141     if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::None)
10142       return false;
10143     return CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(S, NewFD, MVType, NewTA);
10144   }
10145 
10146   FunctionDecl *OldFD = OldDecl->getAsFunction();
10147 
10148   if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::None)
10149     return false;
10150 
10151   if (OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::None) {
10152     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl)
10153         << (OldFD->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::Target);
10154     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10155     return true;
10156   }
10157 
10158   // Handle the target potentially causes multiversioning case.
10159   if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target)
10160     return CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning(S, OldFD, NewFD, NewTA,
10161                                             Redeclaration, OldDecl,
10162                                             MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous);
10163 
10164   // At this point, we have a multiversion function decl (in OldFD) AND an
10165   // appropriate attribute in the current function decl.  Resolve that these are
10166   // still compatible with previous declarations.
10167   return CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl(
10168       S, OldFD, NewFD, MVType, NewTA, NewCPUDisp, NewCPUSpec, Redeclaration,
10169       OldDecl, MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous);
10170 }
10171 
10172 /// Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
10173 ///
10174 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
10175 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
10176 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
10177 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
10178 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
10179 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
10180 /// via InstantiateDecl).
10181 ///
10182 /// \param IsMemberSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
10183 /// a member specialization (that replaces any definition provided by the
10184 /// previous declaration).
10185 ///
10186 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
10187 ///
10188 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
10189 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10190                                     LookupResult &Previous,
10191                                     bool IsMemberSpecialization) {
10192   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
10193          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
10194 
10195   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
10196   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
10197   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
10198   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10199                                !Previous.isShadowed();
10200 
10201   bool Redeclaration = false;
10202   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
10203   bool MayNeedOverloadableChecks = false;
10204 
10205   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
10206   // the same name, if appropriate.
10207   if (!Previous.empty()) {
10208     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
10209     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
10210     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
10211     // function to the scope.
10212     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context, NewFD)) {
10213       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
10214       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
10215         Redeclaration = true;
10216         OldDecl = Candidate;
10217       }
10218     } else {
10219       MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true;
10220       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
10221                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
10222       case Ovl_Match:
10223         Redeclaration = true;
10224         break;
10225 
10226       case Ovl_NonFunction:
10227         Redeclaration = true;
10228         break;
10229 
10230       case Ovl_Overload:
10231         Redeclaration = false;
10232         break;
10233       }
10234     }
10235   }
10236 
10237   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
10238   if (!Redeclaration &&
10239       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
10240     if (!Previous.empty()) {
10241       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
10242       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
10243       Redeclaration = true;
10244       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
10245       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
10246 
10247       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
10248       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() ||
10249           NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
10250         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
10251           MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true;
10252           Redeclaration = false;
10253           OldDecl = nullptr;
10254         }
10255       }
10256     }
10257   }
10258 
10259   if (CheckMultiVersionFunction(*this, NewFD, Redeclaration, OldDecl,
10260                                 MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous))
10261     return Redeclaration;
10262 
10263   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
10264   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
10265   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
10266   //
10267   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
10268   // definition of a static member function.
10269   //
10270   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
10271   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
10272   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
10273   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
10274       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
10275       !MD->getMethodQualifiers().hasConst()) {
10276     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
10277     if (OldDecl)
10278       OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
10279     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
10280       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
10281         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
10282       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
10283       EPI.TypeQuals.addConst();
10284       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
10285                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
10286 
10287       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
10288       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
10289       if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) {
10290         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
10291         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
10292                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
10293           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
10294 
10295         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const)
10296           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
10297       }
10298     }
10299   }
10300 
10301   if (Redeclaration) {
10302     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
10303     // merged.
10304     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
10305       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10306       return Redeclaration;
10307     }
10308 
10309     Previous.clear();
10310     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
10311 
10312     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl =
10313             dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
10314       auto *OldFD = OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl();
10315       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
10316         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
10317       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
10318 
10319       // The call to MergeFunctionDecl above may have created some state in
10320       // NewTemplateDecl that needs to be merged with OldTemplateDecl before we
10321       // can add it as a redeclaration.
10322       NewTemplateDecl->mergePrevDecl(OldTemplateDecl);
10323 
10324       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD);
10325       adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(NewFD, OldFD);
10326       if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember()) {
10327         NewFD->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
10328         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
10329       }
10330 
10331       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
10332       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
10333       if (IsMemberSpecialization &&
10334           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
10335         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
10336         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
10337         // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted
10338         // status from the parent member template that they are specializing.
10339         if (OldFD->isDeleted()) {
10340           // FIXME: This assert will not hold in the presence of modules.
10341           assert(OldFD->getCanonicalDecl() == OldFD);
10342           // FIXME: We need an update record for this AST mutation.
10343           OldFD->setDeletedAsWritten(false);
10344         }
10345       }
10346 
10347     } else {
10348       if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) {
10349         auto *OldFD = cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
10350         // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
10351         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD);
10352         adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(NewFD, OldFD);
10353         if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember())
10354           NewFD->setAccess(OldFD->getAccess());
10355       }
10356     }
10357   } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && MayNeedOverloadableChecks &&
10358              !NewFD->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
10359     assert((Previous.empty() ||
10360             llvm::any_of(Previous,
10361                          [](const NamedDecl *ND) {
10362                            return ND->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
10363                          })) &&
10364            "Non-redecls shouldn't happen without overloadable present");
10365 
10366     auto OtherUnmarkedIter = llvm::find_if(Previous, [](const NamedDecl *ND) {
10367       const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND);
10368       return FD && !FD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
10369     });
10370 
10371     if (OtherUnmarkedIter != Previous.end()) {
10372       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
10373            diag::err_attribute_overloadable_multiple_unmarked_overloads);
10374       Diag((*OtherUnmarkedIter)->getLocation(),
10375            diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload)
10376           << false;
10377 
10378       NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
10379     }
10380   }
10381 
10382   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
10383 
10384   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10385     // C++-specific checks.
10386     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
10387       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
10388     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
10389                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
10390       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
10391       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
10392 
10393       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
10394       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
10395       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
10396         DeclarationName Name
10397           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
10398                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
10399         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
10400           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
10401           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10402           return Redeclaration;
10403         }
10404       }
10405     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
10406                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
10407       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
10408     } else if (auto *Guide = dyn_cast<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) {
10409       if (auto *TD = Guide->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
10410         CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(TD);
10411 
10412       // A deduction guide is not on the list of entities that can be
10413       // explicitly specialized.
10414       if (Guide->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization)
10415         Diag(Guide->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_deduction_guide_specialized)
10416             << /*explicit specialization*/ 1;
10417     }
10418 
10419     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
10420     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
10421       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
10422           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
10423           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
10424         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
10425           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
10426           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
10427             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
10428           }
10429         }
10430       }
10431 
10432       if (Method->isStatic())
10433         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
10434     }
10435 
10436     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
10437     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
10438         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
10439       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10440       return Redeclaration;
10441     }
10442 
10443     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
10444     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
10445         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
10446       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10447       return Redeclaration;
10448     }
10449 
10450     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
10451     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
10452     // during delayed parsing anyway.
10453     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
10454       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
10455 
10456     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
10457     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
10458     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
10459       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
10460       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
10461       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
10462       // If the type of the builtin differs only in its exception
10463       // specification, that's OK.
10464       // FIXME: If the types do differ in this way, it would be better to
10465       // retain the 'noexcept' form of the type.
10466       if (!T.isNull() &&
10467           !Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(T,
10468                                                             NewFD->getType()))
10469         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
10470         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
10471         Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
10472     }
10473 
10474     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
10475     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
10476     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
10477     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
10478     if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
10479       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
10480       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
10481         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
10482             << NewFD << R;
10483       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
10484                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
10485         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
10486     }
10487 
10488     // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6:
10489     //   [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification
10490     //   [is] part of the function type
10491     //
10492     // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose
10493     // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or
10494     // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in
10495     // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other
10496     // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.)
10497     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
10498       auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool {
10499         // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function
10500         // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very
10501         // restricted prior to C++17.
10502         if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
10503           T = RT->getPointeeType();
10504         else if (T->isAnyPointerType())
10505           T = T->getPointeeType();
10506         else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
10507           T = MPT->getPointeeType();
10508         if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
10509           if (FPT->isNothrow())
10510             return true;
10511         return false;
10512       };
10513 
10514       auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
10515       bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType());
10516       for (QualType T : FPT->param_types())
10517         AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T);
10518       if (AnyNoexcept)
10519         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
10520              diag::warn_cxx17_compat_exception_spec_in_signature)
10521             << NewFD;
10522     }
10523 
10524     if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA)
10525       checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous);
10526   }
10527   return Redeclaration;
10528 }
10529 
10530 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
10531   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
10532   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
10533   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
10534   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
10535   //   appear in a declaration of main.
10536   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
10537   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
10538   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
10539     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
10540          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
10541       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
10542   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
10543     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
10544       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
10545   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
10546     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
10547     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
10548     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
10549     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
10550       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
10551   }
10552   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
10553     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
10554         << FD->isConsteval()
10555         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
10556     FD->setConstexprKind(CSK_unspecified);
10557   }
10558 
10559   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
10560     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
10561         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
10562     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10563     return;
10564   }
10565 
10566   QualType T = FD->getType();
10567   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
10568   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
10569 
10570   // Set default calling convention for main()
10571   if (FT->getCallConv() != CC_C) {
10572     FT = Context.adjustFunctionType(FT, FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC_C));
10573     FD->setType(QualType(FT, 0));
10574     T = Context.getCanonicalType(FD->getType());
10575   }
10576 
10577   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10578     // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
10579     // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
10580     // implicit-return-zero rule.
10581 
10582     // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'.
10583     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
10584       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
10585     else {
10586       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
10587       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
10588       if (RTRange.isValid())
10589         Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
10590             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int");
10591     }
10592   } else {
10593     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
10594     // set the flag which tells us that.
10595     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
10596 
10597     // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'.
10598     if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
10599       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
10600     else {
10601       // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
10602       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
10603       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
10604           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int")
10605                                 : FixItHint());
10606       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
10607     }
10608   }
10609 
10610   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
10611   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
10612 
10613   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
10614   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
10615   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
10616 
10617   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
10618 
10619   if (FTP->isVariadic()) {
10620     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main);
10621     // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we
10622     // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter.
10623   }
10624 
10625   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
10626   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
10627   // getting shifty.
10628   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
10629     HasExtraParameters = false;
10630 
10631   if (HasExtraParameters) {
10632     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
10633     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
10634     nparams = 3;
10635   }
10636 
10637   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
10638   // if we had some location information about types.
10639 
10640   QualType CharPP =
10641     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
10642   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
10643 
10644   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
10645     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
10646 
10647     bool mismatch = true;
10648 
10649     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
10650       mismatch = false;
10651     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
10652       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
10653       //   char const **
10654       //   char const * const *
10655       //   char * const *
10656 
10657       QualifierCollector qs;
10658       const PointerType* PT;
10659       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
10660           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
10661           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
10662                               Context.CharTy)) {
10663         qs.removeConst();
10664         mismatch = !qs.empty();
10665       }
10666     }
10667 
10668     if (mismatch) {
10669       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
10670       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
10671       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
10672     }
10673   }
10674 
10675   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10676     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
10677   }
10678 
10679   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
10680     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
10681     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10682   }
10683 }
10684 
10685 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
10686   QualType T = FD->getType();
10687   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
10688   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
10689 
10690   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
10691   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
10692   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
10693       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
10694       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
10695     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
10696     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
10697       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
10698 
10699   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
10700     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
10701     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10702   }
10703 }
10704 
10705 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
10706   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
10707   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
10708   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
10709   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
10710   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
10711   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
10712   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
10713   // rules there don't matter.)
10714   const Expr *Culprit;
10715   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
10716     return false;
10717   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
10718     << Culprit->getSourceRange();
10719   return true;
10720 }
10721 
10722 namespace {
10723   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
10724   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
10725   class SelfReferenceChecker
10726       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
10727     Sema &S;
10728     Decl *OrigDecl;
10729     bool isRecordType;
10730     bool isPODType;
10731     bool isReferenceType;
10732 
10733     bool isInitList;
10734     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex;
10735 
10736   public:
10737     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
10738 
10739     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
10740                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
10741       isPODType = false;
10742       isRecordType = false;
10743       isReferenceType = false;
10744       isInitList = false;
10745       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
10746         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
10747         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
10748         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
10749       }
10750     }
10751 
10752     // For most expressions, just call the visitor.  For initializer lists,
10753     // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are
10754     // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields.
10755     void CheckExpr(Expr *E) {
10756       InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E);
10757       if (!InitList) {
10758         Visit(E);
10759         return;
10760       }
10761 
10762       // Track and increment the index here.
10763       isInitList = true;
10764       InitFieldIndex.push_back(0);
10765       for (auto Child : InitList->children()) {
10766         CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child));
10767         ++InitFieldIndex.back();
10768       }
10769       InitFieldIndex.pop_back();
10770     }
10771 
10772     // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no further checking is needed.
10773     // Returns false if additional checking is required.
10774     bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) {
10775       llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields;
10776       Expr *Base = E;
10777       bool ReferenceField = false;
10778 
10779       // Get the field members used.
10780       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
10781         FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
10782         if (!FD)
10783           return false;
10784         Fields.push_back(FD);
10785         if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
10786           ReferenceField = true;
10787         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10788       }
10789 
10790       // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same.
10791       DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base);
10792       if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl)
10793         return false;
10794 
10795       // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field.
10796       if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField)
10797         return true;
10798 
10799       // Convert FieldDecls to their index number.
10800       llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex;
10801       for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields))
10802         UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex());
10803 
10804       // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index
10805       // numbers.  If field being used has index less than the field being
10806       // initialized, then the use is safe.
10807       for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(),
10808                 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(),
10809                 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(),
10810                 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end();
10811            UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) {
10812         if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter)
10813           return true;
10814         if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter)
10815           break;
10816       }
10817 
10818       // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names.
10819       HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
10820       return true;
10821     }
10822 
10823     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
10824     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
10825     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
10826     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
10827       E = E->IgnoreParens();
10828       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
10829         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
10830         return;
10831       }
10832 
10833       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
10834         Visit(CO->getCond());
10835         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
10836         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
10837         return;
10838       }
10839 
10840       if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
10841               dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
10842         Visit(BCO->getCond());
10843         HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
10844         return;
10845       }
10846 
10847       if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) {
10848         HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr());
10849         return;
10850       }
10851 
10852       if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
10853         if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
10854           Visit(BO->getLHS());
10855           HandleValue(BO->getRHS());
10856           return;
10857         }
10858       }
10859 
10860       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
10861         if (isInitList) {
10862           if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E),
10863                                       false /*CheckReference*/))
10864             return;
10865         }
10866 
10867         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10868         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
10869           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
10870           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
10871             return;
10872           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10873         }
10874         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
10875           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
10876         return;
10877       }
10878 
10879       Visit(E);
10880     }
10881 
10882     // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all
10883     // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses.
10884     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
10885       if (isReferenceType)
10886         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
10887     }
10888 
10889     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
10890       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
10891         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
10892         return;
10893       }
10894 
10895       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
10896     }
10897 
10898     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
10899       if (isInitList) {
10900         if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/))
10901           return;
10902       }
10903 
10904       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
10905       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
10906 
10907       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
10908       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
10909       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
10910       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
10911       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10912       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
10913         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
10914           Warn = false;
10915         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10916       }
10917 
10918       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
10919         if (Warn)
10920           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
10921         return;
10922       }
10923 
10924       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
10925       // Visit that expression.
10926       Visit(Base);
10927     }
10928 
10929     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
10930       Expr *Callee = E->getCallee();
10931 
10932       if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee))
10933         return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
10934 
10935       Visit(Callee);
10936       for (auto Arg: E->arguments())
10937         HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
10938     }
10939 
10940     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
10941       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
10942       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
10943           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
10944         if (!isPODType)
10945           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
10946         return;
10947       }
10948 
10949       if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) {
10950         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
10951         return;
10952       }
10953 
10954       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
10955     }
10956 
10957     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {}
10958 
10959     void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
10960       if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) {
10961         Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0);
10962         if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr))
10963           if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
10964             ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0);
10965         if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr))
10966           if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
10967             ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
10968         HandleValue(ArgExpr);
10969         return;
10970       }
10971       Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
10972     }
10973 
10974     void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
10975       // Treat std::move as a use.
10976       if (E->isCallToStdMove()) {
10977         HandleValue(E->getArg(0));
10978         return;
10979       }
10980 
10981       Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E);
10982     }
10983 
10984     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) {
10985       if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) {
10986         HandleValue(E->getLHS());
10987         Visit(E->getRHS());
10988         return;
10989       }
10990 
10991       Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
10992     }
10993 
10994     // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the
10995     // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately
10996     // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics.
10997     void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) {
10998       Visit(E->getCond());
10999       Visit(E->getFalseExpr());
11000     }
11001 
11002     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
11003       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
11004       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
11005       unsigned diag;
11006       if (isReferenceType) {
11007         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
11008       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
11009         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
11010       } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
11011                  isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
11012                  DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) {
11013         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
11014       } else {
11015         // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis.
11016         return;
11017       }
11018 
11019       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getBeginLoc(), DRE,
11020                             S.PDiag(diag)
11021                                 << DRE->getDecl() << OrigDecl->getLocation()
11022                                 << DRE->getSourceRange());
11023     }
11024   };
11025 
11026   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
11027   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
11028                                  bool DirectInit) {
11029     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
11030     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
11031     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
11032       return;
11033 
11034     E = E->IgnoreParens();
11035 
11036     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
11037     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
11038     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
11039       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
11040         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
11041           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
11042             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
11043               return;
11044 
11045     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E);
11046   }
11047 } // end anonymous namespace
11048 
11049 namespace {
11050   // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is
11051   // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic.
11052   struct VarDeclOrName {
11053     VarDecl *VDecl;
11054     DeclarationName Name;
11055 
11056     friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &
11057     operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) {
11058       return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name;
11059     }
11060   };
11061 } // end anonymous namespace
11062 
11063 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl,
11064                                             DeclarationName Name, QualType Type,
11065                                             TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
11066                                             SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit,
11067                                             Expr *Init) {
11068   bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl;
11069   assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) &&
11070          "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization");
11071 
11072   VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name};
11073 
11074   DeducedType *Deduced = Type->getContainedDeducedType();
11075   assert(Deduced && "deduceVarTypeFromInitializer for non-deduced type");
11076 
11077   // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
11078   if (!Init) {
11079     assert(VDecl && "no init for init capture deduction?");
11080 
11081     // Except for class argument deduction, and then for an initializing
11082     // declaration only, i.e. no static at class scope or extern.
11083     if (!isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced) ||
11084         VDecl->hasExternalStorage() ||
11085         VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
11086       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
11087         << VDecl->getDeclName() << Type;
11088       return QualType();
11089     }
11090   }
11091 
11092   ArrayRef<Expr*> DeduceInits;
11093   if (Init)
11094     DeduceInits = Init;
11095 
11096   if (DirectInit) {
11097     if (auto *PL = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Init))
11098       DeduceInits = PL->exprs();
11099   }
11100 
11101   if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) {
11102     assert(VDecl && "non-auto type for init capture deduction?");
11103     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
11104     InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit(
11105         VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init);
11106     // FIXME: Initialization should not be taking a mutable list of inits.
11107     SmallVector<Expr*, 8> InitsCopy(DeduceInits.begin(), DeduceInits.end());
11108     return DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TSI, Entity, Kind,
11109                                                        InitsCopy);
11110   }
11111 
11112   if (DirectInit) {
11113     if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init))
11114       DeduceInits = IL->inits();
11115   }
11116 
11117   // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression.
11118   if (DeduceInits.empty()) {
11119     // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
11120     // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
11121     Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), IsInitCapture
11122                                   ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
11123                                   : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
11124         << VN << Type << Range;
11125     return QualType();
11126   }
11127 
11128   if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) {
11129     Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getBeginLoc(),
11130          IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
11131                        : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
11132         << VN << Type << Range;
11133     return QualType();
11134   }
11135 
11136   Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0];
11137   if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) {
11138     Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), IsInitCapture
11139                                   ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces
11140                                   : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
11141         << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range;
11142     return QualType();
11143   }
11144 
11145   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
11146   bool DefaultedAnyToId = false;
11147   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
11148       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) {
11149     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
11150     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
11151       return QualType();
11152     }
11153     Init = Result.get();
11154     DefaultedAnyToId = true;
11155   }
11156 
11157   // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1:
11158   //   If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier
11159   //   is present, e has type cv A
11160   if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) &&
11161       Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) &&
11162       DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType())
11163     return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(),
11164                                     Type.getQualifiers());
11165 
11166   QualType DeducedType;
11167   if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) {
11168     if (!IsInitCapture)
11169       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
11170     else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init))
11171       Diag(Range.getBegin(),
11172            diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list)
11173           << VN
11174           << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType()
11175                                              : DeduceInit->getType())
11176           << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
11177     else
11178       Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure)
11179           << VN << TSI->getType()
11180           << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType()
11181                                              : DeduceInit->getType())
11182           << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
11183   }
11184 
11185   // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
11186   // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual
11187   // checks.
11188   // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
11189   // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
11190   if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && !DefaultedAnyToId && !IsInitCapture &&
11191       !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
11192     SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
11193     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range;
11194   }
11195 
11196   return DeducedType;
11197 }
11198 
11199 bool Sema::DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit,
11200                                          Expr *Init) {
11201   QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(
11202       VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(),
11203       VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init);
11204   if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
11205     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11206     return true;
11207   }
11208 
11209   VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
11210   assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
11211 
11212   // In ARC, infer lifetime.
11213   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
11214     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11215 
11216   // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
11217   // the previously declared type.
11218   if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
11219     // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
11220     // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
11221     MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false);
11222   }
11223 
11224   // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
11225   CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
11226   return VDecl->isInvalidDecl();
11227 }
11228 
11229 void Sema::checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(const Expr *Init,
11230                                               SourceLocation Loc) {
11231   if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Init))
11232     Init = CE->getSubExpr();
11233 
11234   QualType InitType = Init->getType();
11235   assert((InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() ||
11236           InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) &&
11237          "shouldn't be called if type doesn't have a non-trivial C struct");
11238   if (auto *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
11239     for (auto I : ILE->inits()) {
11240       if (!I->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() &&
11241           !I->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
11242         continue;
11243       SourceLocation SL = I->getExprLoc();
11244       checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(I, SL.isValid() ? SL : Loc);
11245     }
11246     return;
11247   }
11248 
11249   if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init)) {
11250     if (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion())
11251       checkNonTrivialCUnion(InitType, Loc, NTCUC_DefaultInitializedObject,
11252                             NTCUK_Init);
11253   } else {
11254     // Assume all other explicit initializers involving copying some existing
11255     // object.
11256     // TODO: ignore any explicit initializers where we can guarantee
11257     // copy-elision.
11258     if (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
11259       checkNonTrivialCUnion(InitType, Loc, NTCUC_CopyInit, NTCUK_Copy);
11260   }
11261 }
11262 
11263 namespace {
11264 
11265 bool shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(const FieldDecl *FD) {
11266   // Ignore unavailable fields. A field can be marked as unavailable explicitly
11267   // in the source code or implicitly by the compiler if it is in a union
11268   // defined in a system header and has non-trivial ObjC ownership
11269   // qualifications. We don't want those fields to participate in determining
11270   // whether the containing union is non-trivial.
11271   return FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>();
11272 }
11273 
11274 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor
11275     : DefaultInitializedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor,
11276                                     void> {
11277   using Super =
11278       DefaultInitializedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor,
11279                                     void>;
11280 
11281   DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor(
11282       QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc,
11283       Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, Sema &S)
11284       : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {}
11285 
11286   void visitWithKind(QualType::PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind PDIK, QualType QT,
11287                      const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11288     if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT))
11289       return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD,
11290                                      InNonTrivialUnion);
11291     return Super::visitWithKind(PDIK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
11292   }
11293 
11294   void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
11295                       bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11296     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11297       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11298           << 1 << 0 << QT << FD->getName();
11299   }
11300 
11301   void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11302     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11303       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11304           << 1 << 0 << QT << FD->getName();
11305   }
11306 
11307   void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11308     const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
11309     if (RD->isUnion()) {
11310       if (OrigLoc.isValid()) {
11311         bool IsUnion = false;
11312         if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl())
11313           IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion();
11314         S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context)
11315             << 0 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext;
11316         // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once.
11317         OrigLoc = SourceLocation();
11318       }
11319       InNonTrivialUnion = true;
11320     }
11321 
11322     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11323       S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11324           << 0 << 0 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << "";
11325 
11326     for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields())
11327       if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD))
11328         asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
11329   }
11330 
11331   void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
11332 
11333   // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a
11334   // non-trivial C union.
11335   QualType OrigTy;
11336   SourceLocation OrigLoc;
11337   Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext;
11338   Sema &S;
11339 };
11340 
11341 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor
11342     : DestructedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor, void> {
11343   using Super =
11344       DestructedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor, void>;
11345 
11346   DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor(
11347       QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc,
11348       Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, Sema &S)
11349       : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {}
11350 
11351   void visitWithKind(QualType::DestructionKind DK, QualType QT,
11352                      const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11353     if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT))
11354       return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD,
11355                                      InNonTrivialUnion);
11356     return Super::visitWithKind(DK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
11357   }
11358 
11359   void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
11360                       bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11361     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11362       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11363           << 1 << 1 << QT << FD->getName();
11364   }
11365 
11366   void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11367     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11368       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11369           << 1 << 1 << QT << FD->getName();
11370   }
11371 
11372   void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11373     const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
11374     if (RD->isUnion()) {
11375       if (OrigLoc.isValid()) {
11376         bool IsUnion = false;
11377         if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl())
11378           IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion();
11379         S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context)
11380             << 1 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext;
11381         // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once.
11382         OrigLoc = SourceLocation();
11383       }
11384       InNonTrivialUnion = true;
11385     }
11386 
11387     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11388       S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11389           << 0 << 1 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << "";
11390 
11391     for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields())
11392       if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD))
11393         asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
11394   }
11395 
11396   void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
11397   void visitCXXDestructor(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
11398                           bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
11399 
11400   // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a
11401   // non-trivial C union.
11402   QualType OrigTy;
11403   SourceLocation OrigLoc;
11404   Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext;
11405   Sema &S;
11406 };
11407 
11408 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor
11409     : CopiedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor, false, void> {
11410   using Super = CopiedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor, false, void>;
11411 
11412   DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor(QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc,
11413                                  Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext,
11414                                  Sema &S)
11415       : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {}
11416 
11417   void visitWithKind(QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK, QualType QT,
11418                      const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11419     if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT))
11420       return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD,
11421                                      InNonTrivialUnion);
11422     return Super::visitWithKind(PCK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
11423   }
11424 
11425   void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
11426                       bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11427     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11428       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11429           << 1 << 2 << QT << FD->getName();
11430   }
11431 
11432   void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11433     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11434       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11435           << 1 << 2 << QT << FD->getName();
11436   }
11437 
11438   void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11439     const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
11440     if (RD->isUnion()) {
11441       if (OrigLoc.isValid()) {
11442         bool IsUnion = false;
11443         if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl())
11444           IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion();
11445         S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context)
11446             << 2 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext;
11447         // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once.
11448         OrigLoc = SourceLocation();
11449       }
11450       InNonTrivialUnion = true;
11451     }
11452 
11453     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11454       S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11455           << 0 << 2 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << "";
11456 
11457     for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields())
11458       if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD))
11459         asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
11460   }
11461 
11462   void preVisit(QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK, QualType QT,
11463                 const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
11464   void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
11465   void visitVolatileTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
11466                             bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
11467 
11468   // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a
11469   // non-trivial C union.
11470   QualType OrigTy;
11471   SourceLocation OrigLoc;
11472   Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext;
11473   Sema &S;
11474 };
11475 
11476 } // namespace
11477 
11478 void Sema::checkNonTrivialCUnion(QualType QT, SourceLocation Loc,
11479                                  NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext,
11480                                  unsigned NonTrivialKind) {
11481   assert((QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() ||
11482           QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() ||
11483           QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) &&
11484          "shouldn't be called if type doesn't have a non-trivial C union");
11485 
11486   if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Init) &&
11487       QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion())
11488     DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this)
11489         .visit(QT, nullptr, false);
11490   if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Destruct) &&
11491       QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion())
11492     DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this)
11493         .visit(QT, nullptr, false);
11494   if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Copy) && QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
11495     DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this)
11496         .visit(QT, nullptr, false);
11497 }
11498 
11499 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
11500 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
11501 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
11502 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) {
11503   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
11504   // the initializer.
11505   if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
11506     CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl));
11507     return;
11508   }
11509 
11510   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
11511     // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier.
11512     Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
11513       << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
11514     Method->setInvalidDecl();
11515     return;
11516   }
11517 
11518   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
11519   if (!VDecl) {
11520     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
11521     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
11522     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11523     return;
11524   }
11525 
11526   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
11527   if (VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
11528     // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can
11529     // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a
11530     // TypoExpr.
11531     ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl);
11532     if (!Res.isUsable()) {
11533       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11534       return;
11535     }
11536     Init = Res.get();
11537 
11538     if (DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VDecl, DirectInit, Init))
11539       return;
11540   }
11541 
11542   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
11543   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
11544     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
11545     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11546     return;
11547   }
11548 
11549   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
11550     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
11551     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
11552     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11553     return;
11554   }
11555 
11556   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
11557     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
11558     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
11559     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
11560     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
11561     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
11562       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
11563     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
11564                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
11565       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11566       return;
11567     }
11568 
11569     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
11570     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
11571                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
11572                                AbstractVariableType))
11573       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11574   }
11575 
11576   // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition,
11577   // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise
11578   // handle the situation.
11579   VarDecl *Def;
11580   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl &&
11581       (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) &&
11582       !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() &&
11583       checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl))
11584     return;
11585 
11586   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11587     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
11588     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
11589     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
11590     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
11591     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
11592     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
11593     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
11594     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
11595     //
11596     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
11597     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
11598     // declaration with an initializer.
11599     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) {
11600       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
11601           << VDecl->getDeclName();
11602       Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(),
11603            diag::note_previous_initializer)
11604           << 0;
11605       return;
11606     }
11607 
11608     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
11609       setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
11610 
11611     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
11612       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11613       return;
11614     }
11615   }
11616 
11617   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
11618   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
11619   if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
11620     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
11621     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11622     return;
11623   }
11624 
11625   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
11626   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
11627   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
11628 
11629   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
11630   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
11631   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
11632       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
11633     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
11634     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
11635       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11636       return;
11637     }
11638     Init = Result.get();
11639   }
11640 
11641   // Perform the initialization.
11642   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
11643   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
11644     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
11645     InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit(
11646         VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init);
11647 
11648     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
11649     if (CXXDirectInit)
11650       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
11651                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
11652 
11653     // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments.
11654     for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) {
11655       ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(
11656           Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) {
11657             InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E));
11658             return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E;
11659           });
11660       if (Res.isInvalid()) {
11661         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11662       } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) {
11663         Args[Idx] = Res.get();
11664       }
11665     }
11666     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
11667       return;
11668 
11669     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args,
11670                                    /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false,
11671                                    /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false);
11672     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
11673     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
11674       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11675       return;
11676     }
11677 
11678     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
11679   }
11680 
11681   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
11682   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
11683   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
11684   // This is undefined behavior in C++, but valid in C.
11685   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11686     if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
11687         VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
11688       CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
11689     }
11690   }
11691 
11692   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
11693   // completed by the initializer. For example:
11694   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
11695   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
11696   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
11697     VDecl->setType(DclT);
11698 
11699   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
11700     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
11701 
11702     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
11703       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
11704 
11705     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
11706     // Although this code can still have problems:
11707     //   id x = self.weakProp;
11708     //   id y = self.weakProp;
11709     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
11710     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
11711     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
11712     if (FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = getCurFunction())
11713       if ((VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong ||
11714            VDecl->getType().isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) &&
11715           !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
11716                            Init->getBeginLoc()))
11717         FSI->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
11718   }
11719 
11720   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
11721   //
11722   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
11723   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
11724   // full-expression. For instance, in:
11725   //
11726   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
11727   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
11728   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
11729   //
11730   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
11731   ExprResult Result =
11732       ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
11733                           /*DiscardedValue*/ false, VDecl->isConstexpr());
11734   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
11735     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11736     return;
11737   }
11738   Init = Result.get();
11739 
11740   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
11741   VDecl->setInit(Init);
11742 
11743   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
11744     // Don't check the initializer if the declaration is malformed.
11745     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
11746       // do nothing
11747 
11748     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5.3: __constant locals must be constant-initialized.
11749     // This is true even in C++ for OpenCL.
11750     } else if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
11751       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
11752 
11753     // Otherwise, C++ does not restrict the initializer.
11754     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11755       // do nothing
11756 
11757     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
11758     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
11759     } else if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
11760       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
11761 
11762     // C89 is stricter than C99 for aggregate initializers.
11763     // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
11764     // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
11765     // constant expressions.
11766     } else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
11767                isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
11768       const Expr *Culprit;
11769       if (!Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) {
11770         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
11771              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
11772           << Culprit->getSourceRange();
11773       }
11774     }
11775 
11776     if (auto *E = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
11777       if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens()))
11778         if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
11779           BE->getBlockDecl()->setCanAvoidCopyToHeap();
11780   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() &&
11781              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
11782     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
11783     //
11784     // struct S {
11785     //   static const int value = 17;
11786     // };
11787 
11788     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
11789     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
11790     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
11791     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
11792     //
11793     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
11794     //   If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral
11795     //   or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
11796     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause
11797     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
11798     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
11799     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
11800     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
11801     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
11802 
11803     // Do nothing on dependent types.
11804     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
11805 
11806     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
11807     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
11808     // type.
11809     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
11810 
11811     // Require constness.
11812     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
11813       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
11814         << Init->getSourceRange();
11815       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11816 
11817     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
11818     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
11819       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
11820       SourceLocation Loc;
11821       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
11822         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
11823         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
11824         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
11825       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
11826         ; // Nothing to check.
11827       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
11828         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
11829       else if (Init->getType()->isScopedEnumeralType() &&
11830                Init->isCXX11ConstantExpr(Context))
11831         ; // Ok, it is a scoped-enum constant expression.
11832       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
11833         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
11834         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
11835         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
11836           << Init->getSourceRange();
11837       } else {
11838         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
11839         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
11840         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
11841           << Init->getSourceRange();
11842         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11843       }
11844 
11845     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
11846     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
11847       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
11848       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
11849       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
11850         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
11851              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
11852             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
11853         Diag(VDecl->getBeginLoc(),
11854              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
11855             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), "constexpr ");
11856       } else {
11857         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
11858           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
11859 
11860         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
11861           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
11862             << Init->getSourceRange();
11863           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11864         }
11865       }
11866 
11867     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
11868     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
11869       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
11870           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
11871           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), "constexpr ");
11872       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
11873 
11874     } else {
11875       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
11876         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
11877       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11878     }
11879   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
11880     // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when
11881     // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a
11882     // definition. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it.
11883     // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables
11884     // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present,
11885     // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the
11886     // C++ rules.
11887     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
11888         ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) ||
11889          !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) &&
11890         !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) &&
11891         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
11892       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
11893 
11894     // In Microsoft C++ mode, a const variable defined in namespace scope has
11895     // external linkage by default if the variable is declared with
11896     // __declspec(dllexport).
11897     if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() &&
11898         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->getType().isConstQualified() &&
11899         VDecl->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>() && VDecl->getDefinition())
11900       VDecl->setStorageClass(SC_Extern);
11901 
11902     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
11903     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
11904       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
11905   }
11906 
11907   QualType InitType = Init->getType();
11908   if (!InitType.isNull() &&
11909       (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() ||
11910        InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()))
11911     checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(Init, Init->getExprLoc());
11912 
11913   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
11914   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
11915   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
11916   //
11917   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
11918   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
11919   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
11920   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
11921   // special case code.
11922 
11923   // C++ 8.5p11:
11924   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
11925   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
11926   // class type.
11927   if (CXXDirectInit) {
11928     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
11929     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
11930   } else if (DirectInit) {
11931     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
11932     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
11933   }
11934 
11935   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
11936 }
11937 
11938 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
11939 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
11940 /// of sanity.
11941 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
11942   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
11943   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
11944   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
11945 
11946   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
11947   if (!VD) return;
11948 
11949   // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer.
11950   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D))
11951     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings())
11952       BD->setInvalidDecl();
11953 
11954   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
11955   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
11956     D->setInvalidDecl();
11957     return;
11958   }
11959 
11960   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
11961   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
11962 
11963   // Require a complete type.
11964   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
11965                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
11966                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
11967     VD->setInvalidDecl();
11968     return;
11969   }
11970 
11971   // Require a non-abstract type.
11972   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
11973                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
11974                              AbstractVariableType)) {
11975     VD->setInvalidDecl();
11976     return;
11977   }
11978 
11979   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
11980   // though.
11981 }
11982 
11983 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl) {
11984   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
11985   if (!RealDecl)
11986     return;
11987 
11988   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
11989     QualType Type = Var->getType();
11990 
11991     // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory.
11992     if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) {
11993       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var;
11994       Var->setInvalidDecl();
11995       return;
11996     }
11997 
11998     if (Type->isUndeducedType() &&
11999         DeduceVariableDeclarationType(Var, false, nullptr))
12000       return;
12001 
12002     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
12003     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
12004     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
12005     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
12006     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
12007     // member.
12008     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
12009         !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) {
12010       if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) {
12011         // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always
12012         // a definition there.
12013         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 &&
12014             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
12015           Diag(Var->getLocation(),
12016                diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
12017             << Var->getDeclName();
12018           Var->setInvalidDecl();
12019           return;
12020         }
12021       } else {
12022         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
12023         Var->setInvalidDecl();
12024         return;
12025       }
12026     }
12027 
12028     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
12029     // be initialized.
12030     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
12031         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
12032         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
12033       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
12034       Var->setInvalidDecl();
12035       return;
12036     }
12037 
12038     VarDecl::DefinitionKind DefKind = Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
12039     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && DefKind != VarDecl::DeclarationOnly &&
12040         Var->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion())
12041       checkNonTrivialCUnion(Var->getType(), Var->getLocation(),
12042                             NTCUC_DefaultInitializedObject, NTCUK_Init);
12043 
12044 
12045     switch (DefKind) {
12046     case VarDecl::Definition:
12047       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
12048         break;
12049 
12050       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
12051       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
12052       // a declaration.
12053       //
12054       LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
12055 
12056     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
12057       // It's only a declaration.
12058 
12059       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
12060       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
12061       // object shall be complete.
12062       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
12063           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
12064           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
12065                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
12066         Var->setInvalidDecl();
12067 
12068       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
12069       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
12070           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
12071                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12072                                  AbstractVariableType))
12073         Var->setInvalidDecl();
12074       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
12075           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
12076         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
12077         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
12078       }
12079 
12080       return;
12081 
12082     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
12083       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
12084       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
12085       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
12086       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
12087       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
12088       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
12089         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
12090                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
12091           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
12092                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
12093                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
12094             Var->setInvalidDecl();
12095         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
12096           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
12097           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
12098           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
12099           // NOTE: code such as the following
12100           //     static struct s;
12101           //     struct s { int a; };
12102           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
12103           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
12104           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
12105           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
12106             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
12107                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
12108         }
12109       }
12110 
12111       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
12112       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
12113         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
12114       return;
12115     }
12116 
12117     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
12118     // definitions with incomplete array type.
12119     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
12120       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
12121            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
12122       Var->setInvalidDecl();
12123       return;
12124     }
12125 
12126     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
12127     // definitions with reference type.
12128     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
12129       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
12130         << Var->getDeclName()
12131         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
12132       Var->setInvalidDecl();
12133       return;
12134     }
12135 
12136     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
12137     // variable with dependent type.
12138     if (Type->isDependentType())
12139       return;
12140 
12141     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
12142       return;
12143 
12144     if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
12145       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
12146                               Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
12147                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
12148         Var->setInvalidDecl();
12149         return;
12150       }
12151     } else {
12152       return;
12153     }
12154 
12155     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
12156     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
12157                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12158                                AbstractVariableType)) {
12159       Var->setInvalidDecl();
12160       return;
12161     }
12162 
12163     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
12164     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
12165     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
12166     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
12167     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
12168     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
12169     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
12170     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
12171     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
12172     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
12173     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
12174       if (const RecordType *Record
12175             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12176         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
12177         // Mark the function (if we're in one) for further checking even if the
12178         // looser rules of C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can
12179         // diagnose incompatibilities with C++98.
12180         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
12181           setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
12182       }
12183     }
12184     // In OpenCL, we can't initialize objects in the __local address space,
12185     // even implicitly, so don't synthesize an implicit initializer.
12186     if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
12187         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local)
12188       return;
12189     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
12190     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
12191     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
12192     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
12193     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
12194     //   type shall have a user-declared default
12195     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
12196     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
12197     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
12198     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
12199     //   program is ill-formed.
12200     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
12201     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
12202     //   default-initialized; [...].
12203     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
12204     InitializationKind Kind
12205       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
12206 
12207     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
12208     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
12209     if (Init.isInvalid())
12210       Var->setInvalidDecl();
12211     else if (Init.get()) {
12212       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
12213       // This is important for template substitution.
12214       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
12215     }
12216 
12217     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
12218   }
12219 }
12220 
12221 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
12222   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it.
12223   if (!D)
12224     return;
12225 
12226   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
12227   if (!VD) {
12228     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
12229     D->setInvalidDecl();
12230     return;
12231   }
12232 
12233   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
12234 
12235   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
12236   int Error = -1;
12237   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
12238   case SC_None:
12239     break;
12240   case SC_Extern:
12241     Error = 0;
12242     break;
12243   case SC_Static:
12244     Error = 1;
12245     break;
12246   case SC_PrivateExtern:
12247     Error = 2;
12248     break;
12249   case SC_Auto:
12250     Error = 3;
12251     break;
12252   case SC_Register:
12253     Error = 4;
12254     break;
12255   }
12256   if (Error != -1) {
12257     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
12258       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
12259     D->setInvalidDecl();
12260   }
12261 }
12262 
12263 StmtResult
12264 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
12265                                  IdentifierInfo *Ident,
12266                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
12267                                  SourceLocation AttrEnd) {
12268   // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
12269   //   A range-based for statement of the form
12270   //      for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
12271   //   is equivalent to
12272   //      for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
12273   DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
12274 
12275   const char *PrevSpec;
12276   unsigned DiagID;
12277   DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
12278                      getPrintingPolicy());
12279 
12280   Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::ForContext);
12281   D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
12282   D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd);
12283 
12284   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/ false),
12285                 IdentLoc);
12286   Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
12287   cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
12288   FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
12289   return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
12290                        AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc);
12291 }
12292 
12293 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
12294   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
12295 
12296   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
12297     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an
12298     // initialiser
12299     if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() &&
12300         !var->hasInit()) {
12301       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration)
12302           << 1 /*Init*/;
12303       var->setInvalidDecl();
12304       return;
12305     }
12306   }
12307 
12308   // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
12309   // local retaining variable.
12310   if (getLangOpts().ObjC &&
12311       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
12312     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
12313     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
12314     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
12315     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
12316       break;
12317 
12318     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
12319     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
12320       setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
12321       break;
12322     }
12323   }
12324 
12325   if (var->hasLocalStorage() &&
12326       var->getType().isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct)
12327     setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
12328 
12329   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
12330   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
12331   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
12332   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
12333   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
12334   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
12335       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
12336       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
12337       !var->isInline() && !var->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
12338       !isTemplateInstantiation(var->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) &&
12339       !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
12340                                   var->getLocation())) {
12341     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
12342     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
12343     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
12344       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
12345 
12346     if (!prev) {
12347       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
12348       Diag(var->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::note_static_for_internal_linkage)
12349           << /* variable */ 0;
12350     }
12351   }
12352 
12353   // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization.
12354   Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit;
12355   const Expr *CacheCulprit = nullptr;
12356   auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable {
12357     if (!CacheHasConstInit)
12358       CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
12359             Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit);
12360     return *CacheHasConstInit;
12361   };
12362 
12363   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
12364     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
12365       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
12366       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
12367       //   have a non-trivial destructor.
12368       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
12369       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
12370         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
12371     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) {
12372       if (!checkConstInit()) {
12373         // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
12374         //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
12375         //   initialization.
12376         // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
12377         Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
12378           << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange();
12379         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
12380           Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
12381       }
12382     }
12383   }
12384 
12385   // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables.
12386   bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage();
12387   if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
12388       !inTemplateInstantiation()) {
12389     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
12390     int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read;
12391     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
12392       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
12393     else if (!var->getInit()) {
12394       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
12395       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
12396     } else {
12397       Stack = &DataSegStack;
12398       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
12399     }
12400     if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>())
12401       var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
12402           Context, Stack->CurrentValue->getString(),
12403           Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma,
12404           SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate));
12405     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>())
12406       if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var))
12407         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
12408 
12409     // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer.  If the
12410     // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this
12411     // attribute.
12412     if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit())
12413       var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(),
12414                                                CurInitSegLoc,
12415                                                AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
12416   }
12417 
12418   // All the following checks are C++ only.
12419   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12420       // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the
12421       // current module.
12422      if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty())
12423        Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var);
12424      return;
12425   }
12426 
12427   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var))
12428     CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD);
12429 
12430   QualType type = var->getType();
12431   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
12432 
12433   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
12434     getCurFunction()->addByrefBlockVar(var);
12435 
12436   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
12437   bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal();
12438   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
12439 
12440   if (Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
12441     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
12442       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
12443       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
12444         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
12445         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
12446         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
12447         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
12448               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
12449           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
12450           Notes.clear();
12451         }
12452         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
12453           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
12454         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
12455           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
12456       }
12457     } else if (var->mightBeUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
12458       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
12459       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
12460       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
12461       var->checkInitIsICE();
12462     }
12463 
12464     // Don't emit further diagnostics about constexpr globals since they
12465     // were just diagnosed.
12466     if (!var->isConstexpr() && GlobalStorage && var->hasAttr<ConstInitAttr>()) {
12467       // FIXME: Need strict checking in C++03 here.
12468       bool DiagErr = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
12469           ? !var->checkInitIsICE() : !checkConstInit();
12470       if (DiagErr) {
12471         auto *Attr = var->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>();
12472         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed)
12473           << Init->getSourceRange();
12474         Diag(Attr->getLocation(),
12475              diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here)
12476             << Attr->getRange() << Attr->isConstinit();
12477         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
12478           APValue Value;
12479           SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
12480           Init->EvaluateAsInitializer(Value, getASTContext(), var, Notes);
12481           for (auto &it : Notes)
12482             Diag(it.first, it.second);
12483         } else {
12484           Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(),
12485                diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr)
12486               << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange();
12487         }
12488       }
12489     }
12490     else if (!var->isConstexpr() && IsGlobal &&
12491              !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
12492                                     var->getLocation())) {
12493       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
12494       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
12495       // warned about them.
12496       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
12497       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) {
12498         if (!checkConstInit())
12499           Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
12500             << Init->getSourceRange();
12501       }
12502     }
12503   }
12504 
12505   // Require the destructor.
12506   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
12507     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
12508 
12509   // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current
12510   // module.
12511   if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty())
12512     Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var);
12513 }
12514 
12515 /// Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent.
12516 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) {
12517   if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
12518     return true;
12519   for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>())
12520     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
12521       return true;
12522   return false;
12523 }
12524 
12525 /// Check if VD needs to be dllexport/dllimport due to being in a
12526 /// dllexport/import function.
12527 void Sema::CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VarDecl *VD) {
12528   assert(VD->isStaticLocal());
12529 
12530   auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
12531 
12532   // Find outermost function when VD is in lambda function.
12533   while (FD && !getDLLAttr(FD) &&
12534          !FD->hasAttr<DLLExportStaticLocalAttr>() &&
12535          !FD->hasAttr<DLLImportStaticLocalAttr>()) {
12536     FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(FD->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
12537   }
12538 
12539   if (!FD)
12540     return;
12541 
12542   // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
12543   if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
12544     auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
12545     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
12546     VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
12547   } else if (Attr *A = FD->getAttr<DLLExportStaticLocalAttr>()) {
12548     auto *NewAttr = DLLExportAttr::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), *A);
12549     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
12550     VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
12551 
12552     // Export this function to enforce exporting this static variable even
12553     // if it is not used in this compilation unit.
12554     if (!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>())
12555       FD->addAttr(NewAttr);
12556 
12557   } else if (Attr *A = FD->getAttr<DLLImportStaticLocalAttr>()) {
12558     auto *NewAttr = DLLImportAttr::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), *A);
12559     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
12560     VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
12561   }
12562 }
12563 
12564 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
12565 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
12566 void Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
12567   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
12568   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
12569 
12570   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
12571   if (!VD)
12572     return;
12573 
12574   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section bss|data|rodata' is active
12575   if (VD->hasGlobalStorage() && VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
12576       !inTemplateInstantiation() && !VD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
12577     if (PragmaClangBSSSection.Valid)
12578       VD->addAttr(PragmaClangBSSSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
12579           Context, PragmaClangBSSSection.SectionName,
12580           PragmaClangBSSSection.PragmaLocation,
12581           AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
12582     if (PragmaClangDataSection.Valid)
12583       VD->addAttr(PragmaClangDataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
12584           Context, PragmaClangDataSection.SectionName,
12585           PragmaClangDataSection.PragmaLocation,
12586           AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
12587     if (PragmaClangRodataSection.Valid)
12588       VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRodataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
12589           Context, PragmaClangRodataSection.SectionName,
12590           PragmaClangRodataSection.PragmaLocation,
12591           AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
12592   }
12593 
12594   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) {
12595     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) {
12596       FinalizeDeclaration(BD);
12597     }
12598   }
12599 
12600   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
12601 
12602   // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable
12603   // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check
12604   // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints).
12605   if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) {
12606     // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and
12607     // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case).
12608     if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD) &&
12609         !VD->isInvalidDecl()) {
12610       CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign);
12611       if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) {
12612         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum)
12613           << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD
12614           << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity();
12615       }
12616     }
12617   }
12618 
12619   if (VD->isStaticLocal()) {
12620     CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VD);
12621 
12622     if (dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) {
12623       // CUDA 8.0 E.3.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__
12624       // function, only __shared__ variables or variables without any device
12625       // memory qualifiers may be declared with static storage class.
12626       // Note: It is unclear how a function-scope non-const static variable
12627       // without device memory qualifier is implemented, therefore only static
12628       // const variable without device memory qualifier is allowed.
12629       [&]() {
12630         if (!getLangOpts().CUDA)
12631           return;
12632         if (VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>())
12633           return;
12634         if (VD->getType().isConstQualified() &&
12635             !(VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>()))
12636           return;
12637         if (CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(VD->getLocation(),
12638                                  diag::err_device_static_local_var)
12639             << CurrentCUDATarget())
12640           VD->setInvalidDecl();
12641       }();
12642     }
12643   }
12644 
12645   // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables.
12646   // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA
12647   // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__
12648   // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows
12649   // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables.
12650   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
12651     checkAllowedCUDAInitializer(VD);
12652 
12653   // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl.
12654   const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD);
12655 
12656   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
12657   if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) {
12658     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
12659         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
12660       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
12661       // with a warning.
12662       CXXRecordDecl *Context =
12663         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
12664       bool IsClassTemplateMember =
12665           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
12666           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
12667 
12668       Diag(VD->getLocation(),
12669            IsClassTemplateMember
12670                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
12671                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
12672       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
12673       if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
12674         VD->setInvalidDecl();
12675     }
12676   }
12677 
12678   // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index
12679   // isn't exported with the variable.
12680   if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) {
12681     auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
12682     if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) {
12683       assert(VD->isStaticLocal());
12684       // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the
12685       // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be
12686       // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe.
12687     } else {
12688       Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD
12689                                                                     << DLLAttr;
12690       VD->setInvalidDecl();
12691     }
12692   }
12693 
12694   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
12695     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
12696       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
12697       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
12698     }
12699   }
12700 
12701   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
12702   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
12703   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
12704   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
12705     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
12706 
12707   // FIXME: Warn on unused var template partial specializations.
12708   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
12709     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
12710 
12711   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
12712   // tag values.
12713   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
12714       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
12715     return;
12716 
12717   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
12718     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
12719     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
12720       continue;
12721     }
12722     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
12723     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
12724       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
12725            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
12726         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
12727       continue;
12728     }
12729     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
12730       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
12731            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
12732         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
12733       continue;
12734     }
12735     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
12736     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
12737                                MagicValue,
12738                                I->getMatchingCType(),
12739                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
12740                                I->getMustBeNull());
12741   }
12742 }
12743 
12744 static bool hasDeducedAuto(DeclaratorDecl *DD) {
12745   auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DD);
12746   return VD && !VD->getType()->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType();
12747 }
12748 
12749 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
12750                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
12751   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
12752 
12753   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
12754     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
12755 
12756   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
12757   DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
12758   bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false;
12759   DeclaratorDecl *FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = nullptr;
12760   bool DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = false;
12761 
12762   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12763     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
12764       // For declarators, there are some additional syntactic-ish checks we need
12765       // to perform.
12766       if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) {
12767         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
12768           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
12769         if (!FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup)
12770           FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D);
12771         if (!FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && DS.hasAutoTypeSpec() &&
12772             !hasDeducedAuto(DD))
12773           FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = DD;
12774 
12775         if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup != DD) {
12776           // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other
12777           // declaration in the same group.
12778           if (FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) {
12779             Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(),
12780                  diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone)
12781                 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange()
12782                 << DD->getSourceRange();
12783             DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true;
12784           }
12785 
12786           // A declarator that uses 'auto' in any way other than to declare a
12787           // variable with a deduced type cannot be combined with any other
12788           // declarator in the same group.
12789           if (FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && !DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto) {
12790             Diag(FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getLocation(),
12791                  diag::err_auto_non_deduced_not_alone)
12792                 << FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getType()
12793                        ->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType()
12794                 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange()
12795                 << DD->getSourceRange();
12796             DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = true;
12797           }
12798         }
12799       }
12800 
12801       Decls.push_back(D);
12802     }
12803   }
12804 
12805   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
12806     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
12807       handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
12808       if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() &&
12809           getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12810         Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
12811     }
12812   }
12813 
12814   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls);
12815 }
12816 
12817 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
12818 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
12819 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
12820 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
12821   // C++14 [dcl.spec.auto]p7: (DR1347)
12822   //   If the type that replaces the placeholder type is not the same in each
12823   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
12824   if (Group.size() > 1) {
12825     QualType Deduced;
12826     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
12827     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12828       VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i]);
12829       if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl())
12830         break;
12831       DeducedType *DT = D->getType()->getContainedDeducedType();
12832       if (!DT || DT->getDeducedType().isNull())
12833         continue;
12834       if (Deduced.isNull()) {
12835         Deduced = DT->getDeducedType();
12836         DeducedDecl = D;
12837       } else if (!Context.hasSameType(DT->getDeducedType(), Deduced)) {
12838         auto *AT = dyn_cast<AutoType>(DT);
12839         Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
12840              diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
12841           << (AT ? (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() : 3)
12842           << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
12843           << DT->getDeducedType() << D->getDeclName()
12844           << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
12845           << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
12846         D->setInvalidDecl();
12847         break;
12848       }
12849     }
12850   }
12851 
12852   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
12853 
12854   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
12855       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
12856 }
12857 
12858 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
12859   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
12860 }
12861 
12862 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
12863   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
12864   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
12865     return;
12866 
12867   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
12868                       Group[0]->getLocation()) &&
12869       Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name,
12870                       Group[0]->getLocation()))
12871     return;
12872 
12873   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
12874     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
12875     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
12876     // additional declaration references:
12877     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
12878     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
12879     //   'struct S *pS;'
12880     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
12881     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
12882     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
12883       Group = Group.slice(1);
12884     }
12885   }
12886 
12887   // FIMXE: We assume every Decl in the group is in the same file.
12888   // This is false when preprocessor constructs the group from decls in
12889   // different files (e. g. macros or #include).
12890   Context.attachCommentsToJustParsedDecls(Group, &getPreprocessor());
12891 }
12892 
12893 /// Common checks for a parameter-declaration that should apply to both function
12894 /// parameters and non-type template parameters.
12895 void Sema::CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
12896   // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
12897   // parameter.
12898   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12899     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
12900 
12901   // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
12902   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
12903     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
12904       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
12905   }
12906 
12907   // [dcl.meaning]p1: An unqualified-id occurring in a declarator-id shall be a
12908   // simple identifier except [...irrelevant cases...].
12909   switch (D.getName().getKind()) {
12910   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier:
12911     break;
12912 
12913   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
12914   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId:
12915   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
12916   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName:
12917   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName:
12918   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
12919   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName:
12920     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
12921       << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
12922     break;
12923 
12924   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId:
12925   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId:
12926     // GetNameForDeclarator would not produce a useful name in this case.
12927     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name_template_id);
12928     break;
12929   }
12930 }
12931 
12932 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
12933 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
12934 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
12935   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
12936 
12937   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
12938 
12939   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
12940   StorageClass SC = SC_None;
12941   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
12942     SC = SC_Register;
12943     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
12944     // In C++17, it is not allowed, but we tolerate it as an extension.
12945     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
12946       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
12947            getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class
12948                                      : diag::warn_deprecated_register)
12949         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
12950     }
12951   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12952              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
12953     SC = SC_Auto;
12954   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
12955     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
12956          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
12957     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
12958   }
12959 
12960   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
12961     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
12962       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
12963   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
12964     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
12965         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
12966   if (DS.hasConstexprSpecifier())
12967     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
12968         << 0 << D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier();
12969 
12970   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
12971 
12972   CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(S, D);
12973 
12974   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
12975   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
12976 
12977   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
12978   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
12979   if (II) {
12980     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
12981                    ForVisibleRedeclaration);
12982     LookupName(R, S);
12983     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
12984       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
12985       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
12986         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12987         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
12988         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12989         PrevDecl = nullptr;
12990       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
12991         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
12992         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12993 
12994         // Recover by removing the name
12995         II = nullptr;
12996         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
12997         D.setInvalidType(true);
12998       }
12999     }
13000   }
13001 
13002   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
13003   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
13004   // looking like class members in C++.
13005   ParmVarDecl *New =
13006       CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), D.getBeginLoc(),
13007                      D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, parmDeclType, TInfo, SC);
13008 
13009   if (D.isInvalidType())
13010     New->setInvalidDecl();
13011 
13012   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
13013   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
13014   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
13015                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
13016 
13017   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
13018   S->AddDecl(New);
13019   if (II)
13020     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
13021 
13022   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
13023 
13024   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
13025     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
13026       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
13027       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
13028       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
13029 
13030   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
13031     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
13032   }
13033   return New;
13034 }
13035 
13036 /// Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
13037 /// typedef.
13038 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
13039                                               SourceLocation Loc,
13040                                               QualType T) {
13041   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
13042      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
13043      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
13044   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
13045                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
13046                                            SC_None, nullptr);
13047   Param->setImplicit();
13048   return Param;
13049 }
13050 
13051 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) {
13052   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
13053   // will already have done so in the template itself.
13054   if (inTemplateInstantiation())
13055     return;
13056 
13057   for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) {
13058     if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() &&
13059         !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
13060       Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
13061         << Parameter->getDeclName();
13062     }
13063   }
13064 }
13065 
13066 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(
13067     ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) {
13068   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
13069     return;
13070 
13071   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
13072   // threshold.
13073   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
13074     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
13075     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
13076       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
13077           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
13078   }
13079 
13080   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
13081   // threshold.
13082   for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) {
13083     QualType T = Parameter->getType();
13084     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
13085       continue;
13086     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
13087     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
13088       Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
13089           << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size;
13090   }
13091 }
13092 
13093 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
13094                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
13095                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
13096                                   StorageClass SC) {
13097   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
13098   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
13099       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
13100       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
13101 
13102     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
13103 
13104     // Special cases for arrays:
13105     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
13106     //   - otherwise, it's an error
13107     if (T->isArrayType()) {
13108       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
13109         if (DelayedDiagnostics.shouldDelayDiagnostics())
13110           DelayedDiagnostics.add(
13111               sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
13112               NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
13113         else
13114           Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership)
13115               << TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
13116       }
13117       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
13118     } else {
13119       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
13120     }
13121     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
13122   }
13123 
13124   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
13125                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
13126                                          TSInfo, SC, nullptr);
13127 
13128   // Make a note if we created a new pack in the scope of a lambda, so that
13129   // we know that references to that pack must also be expanded within the
13130   // lambda scope.
13131   if (New->isParameterPack())
13132     if (auto *LSI = getEnclosingLambda())
13133       LSI->LocalPacks.push_back(New);
13134 
13135   if (New->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() ||
13136       New->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
13137     checkNonTrivialCUnion(New->getType(), New->getLocation(),
13138                           NTCUC_FunctionParam, NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy);
13139 
13140   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
13141   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
13142   // the class has been completely parsed.
13143   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
13144       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
13145                              AbstractParamType))
13146     New->setInvalidDecl();
13147 
13148   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
13149   // passed by reference.
13150   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
13151     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc =
13152         getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getEndLoc());
13153     Diag(NameLoc,
13154          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
13155       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
13156     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
13157     New->setType(T);
13158   }
13159 
13160   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
13161   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
13162   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
13163   // an address space.
13164   if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default &&
13165       // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
13166       // to be qualified with an address space.
13167       !(getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
13168         (T->isArrayType() || T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private))) {
13169     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
13170     New->setInvalidDecl();
13171   }
13172 
13173   return New;
13174 }
13175 
13176 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
13177                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
13178   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
13179 
13180   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
13181   // for a K&R function.
13182   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
13183     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
13184       --i;
13185       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
13186         SmallString<256> Code;
13187         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
13188             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
13189         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
13190             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
13191             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code);
13192 
13193         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
13194         // type.
13195         AttributeFactory attrs;
13196         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
13197         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
13198         unsigned DiagID; // unused
13199         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
13200                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
13201         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
13202         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
13203         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
13204         Declarator ParamD(DS, DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeListContext);
13205         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
13206         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
13207       }
13208     }
13209   }
13210 }
13211 
13212 Decl *
13213 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D,
13214                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
13215                               SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
13216   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
13217   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
13218   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
13219 
13220   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
13221   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists);
13222   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody);
13223 }
13224 
13225 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) {
13226   Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D);
13227 }
13228 
13229 static bool
13230 ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
13231                                 const FunctionDecl *&PossiblePrototype) {
13232   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
13233   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
13234     return false;
13235 
13236   // Or declarations that aren't global.
13237   if (!FD->isGlobal())
13238     return false;
13239 
13240   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
13241   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
13242     return false;
13243 
13244   // Don't warn about 'main'.
13245   if (FD->isMain())
13246     return false;
13247 
13248   // Don't warn about inline functions.
13249   if (FD->isInlined())
13250     return false;
13251 
13252   // Don't warn about function templates.
13253   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
13254     return false;
13255 
13256   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
13257   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
13258     return false;
13259 
13260   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
13261   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
13262     return false;
13263 
13264   // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions.
13265   if (FD->isDeleted())
13266     return false;
13267 
13268   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
13269        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
13270     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
13271     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
13272     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
13273       continue;
13274 
13275     PossiblePrototype = Prev;
13276     return Prev->getType()->isFunctionNoProtoType();
13277   }
13278 
13279   return true;
13280 }
13281 
13282 void
13283 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
13284                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition,
13285                                    SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
13286   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
13287   if (!Definition && !FD->isDefined(Definition) && !FD->isCXXClassMember()) {
13288     // If this is a friend function defined in a class template, it does not
13289     // have a body until it is used, nevertheless it is a definition, see
13290     // [temp.inst]p2:
13291     //
13292     // ... for the purpose of determining whether an instantiated redeclaration
13293     // is valid according to [basic.def.odr] and [class.mem], a declaration that
13294     // corresponds to a definition in the template is considered to be a
13295     // definition.
13296     //
13297     // The following code must produce redefinition error:
13298     //
13299     //     template<typename T> struct C20 { friend void func_20() {} };
13300     //     C20<int> c20i;
13301     //     void func_20() {}
13302     //
13303     for (auto I : FD->redecls()) {
13304       if (I != FD && !I->isInvalidDecl() &&
13305           I->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
13306         if (FunctionDecl *Original = I->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) {
13307           if (FunctionDecl *OrigFD = FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) {
13308             // A merged copy of the same function, instantiated as a member of
13309             // the same class, is OK.
13310             if (declaresSameEntity(OrigFD, Original) &&
13311                 declaresSameEntity(cast<Decl>(I->getLexicalDeclContext()),
13312                                    cast<Decl>(FD->getLexicalDeclContext())))
13313               continue;
13314           }
13315 
13316           if (Original->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
13317             Definition = I;
13318             break;
13319           }
13320         }
13321       }
13322     }
13323   }
13324 
13325   if (!Definition)
13326     // Similar to friend functions a friend function template may be a
13327     // definition and do not have a body if it is instantiated in a class
13328     // template.
13329     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
13330       for (auto I : FTD->redecls()) {
13331         auto D = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(I);
13332         if (D != FTD) {
13333           assert(!D->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
13334                  "More than one definition in redeclaration chain");
13335           if (D->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None)
13336             if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FT =
13337                                        D->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
13338               if (FT->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
13339                 Definition = D->getTemplatedDecl();
13340                 break;
13341               }
13342             }
13343         }
13344       }
13345     }
13346 
13347   if (!Definition)
13348     return;
13349 
13350   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
13351     return;
13352 
13353   // Don't emit an error when this is redefinition of a typo-corrected
13354   // definition.
13355   if (TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.count(Definition))
13356     return;
13357 
13358   // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or
13359   // a template, skip the new definition.
13360   if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) &&
13361       (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
13362        Definition->isInlined() ||
13363        Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() ||
13364        Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) {
13365     SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
13366     SkipBody->Previous = const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition);
13367     if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
13368       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD);
13369     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition));
13370     return;
13371   }
13372 
13373   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
13374       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
13375     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
13376         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
13377   else
13378     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
13379 
13380   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13381   FD->setInvalidDecl();
13382 }
13383 
13384 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
13385                                    Sema &S) {
13386   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
13387 
13388   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
13389   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
13390   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
13391   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
13392   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
13393 
13394   if (LCD == LCD_None)
13395     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
13396   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
13397     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
13398   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
13399     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
13400   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
13401 
13402   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
13403   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
13404 
13405   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
13406   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
13407   auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin();
13408   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
13409     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
13410       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
13411       if (VD->isInitCapture())
13412         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
13413       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
13414       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
13415       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
13416           /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(),
13417           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
13418                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
13419           CaptureType, /*Invalid*/false);
13420 
13421     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
13422       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), I->getType(),
13423                           C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis);
13424     } else {
13425       LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getCapturedVLAType(),
13426                              I->getType());
13427     }
13428     ++I;
13429   }
13430 }
13431 
13432 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D,
13433                                     SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
13434   if (!D) {
13435     // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Push on a fake scope
13436     // anyway so we can try to parse the function body.
13437     PushFunctionScope();
13438     PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context);
13439     return D;
13440   }
13441 
13442   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
13443 
13444   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
13445     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
13446   else
13447     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
13448 
13449   // Do not push if it is a lambda because one is already pushed when building
13450   // the lambda in ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition().
13451   if (!isLambdaCallOperator(FD))
13452     PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context);
13453 
13454   // Check for defining attributes before the check for redefinition.
13455   if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
13456     Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0;
13457     FD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
13458     FD->setInvalidDecl();
13459   }
13460   if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<IFuncAttr>()) {
13461     Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 1;
13462     FD->dropAttr<IFuncAttr>();
13463     FD->setInvalidDecl();
13464   }
13465 
13466   // See if this is a redefinition. If 'will have body' is already set, then
13467   // these checks were already performed when it was set.
13468   if (!FD->willHaveBody() && !FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) {
13469     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody);
13470 
13471     // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope.
13472     if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip)
13473       return D;
13474   }
13475 
13476   // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually".  This lets users to
13477   // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing
13478   // this function.
13479   FD->setWillHaveBody();
13480 
13481   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
13482   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
13483   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
13484   // LambdaScopeInfo.
13485   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
13486   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
13487   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
13488   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
13489   // have the LSI properly restored.
13490   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
13491     assert(inTemplateInstantiation() &&
13492            "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
13493            "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
13494     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
13495   } else {
13496     // Enter a new function scope
13497     PushFunctionScope();
13498   }
13499 
13500   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
13501   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
13502     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
13503         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
13504       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
13505       FD->setInvalidDecl();
13506     }
13507   }
13508 
13509   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
13510   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
13511   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
13512   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
13513       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
13514       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
13515                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
13516     FD->setInvalidDecl();
13517 
13518   if (FnBodyScope)
13519     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
13520 
13521   // Check the validity of our function parameters
13522   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(),
13523                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
13524 
13525   // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current
13526   // scope.
13527   if (FnBodyScope) {
13528     for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) {
13529       auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD);
13530       if (!NonParmDecl)
13531         continue;
13532       assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) &&
13533              "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet");
13534 
13535       // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope.
13536       if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName())
13537         PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
13538 
13539       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
13540       // accessible in this scope.
13541       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) {
13542         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
13543           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
13544       }
13545     }
13546   }
13547 
13548   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
13549   for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) {
13550     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
13551 
13552     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
13553     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
13554       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
13555 
13556       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
13557     }
13558   }
13559 
13560   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
13561   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
13562     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
13563 
13564   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
13565   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
13566       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
13567     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
13568     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
13569     FD->setInvalidDecl();
13570     return D;
13571   }
13572   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
13573   // a function template).
13574   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
13575   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
13576       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
13577       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
13578     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
13579 
13580   return D;
13581 }
13582 
13583 /// Given the set of return statements within a function body,
13584 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
13585 /// optimization.
13586 ///
13587 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
13588 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
13589 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
13590 /// use the named return value optimization.
13591 ///
13592 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
13593 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
13594 /// candidate is an NRVO variable.
13595 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
13596   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
13597 
13598   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
13599     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
13600       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
13601         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
13602     }
13603   }
13604 }
13605 
13606 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
13607   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
13608   if (D.getDeclSpec().hasConstexprSpecifier())
13609     return false;
13610 
13611   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
13612   // return type (yet).
13613   if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec()) {
13614     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
13615     // we can still delay parsing it.
13616     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
13617       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
13618       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
13619           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
13620         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
13621         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
13622       }
13623     }
13624     return false;
13625   }
13626 
13627   return true;
13628 }
13629 
13630 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
13631   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
13632   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
13633   // rest of the file.
13634   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
13635   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
13636   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) {
13637     if (FD->isConstexpr())
13638       return false;
13639     // We can't simply call Type::isUndeducedType here, because inside template
13640     // auto can be deduced to a dependent type, which is not considered
13641     // "undeduced".
13642     if (FD->getReturnType()->getContainedDeducedType())
13643       return false;
13644   }
13645   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
13646 }
13647 
13648 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
13649   if (!Decl)
13650     return nullptr;
13651   if (FunctionDecl *FD = Decl->getAsFunction())
13652     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
13653   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
13654     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
13655   return Decl;
13656 }
13657 
13658 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
13659   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
13660 }
13661 
13662 /// RAII object that pops an ExpressionEvaluationContext when exiting a function
13663 /// body.
13664 class ExitFunctionBodyRAII {
13665 public:
13666   ExitFunctionBodyRAII(Sema &S, bool IsLambda) : S(S), IsLambda(IsLambda) {}
13667   ~ExitFunctionBodyRAII() {
13668     if (!IsLambda)
13669       S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
13670   }
13671 
13672 private:
13673   Sema &S;
13674   bool IsLambda = false;
13675 };
13676 
13677 static void diagnoseImplicitlyRetainedSelf(Sema &S) {
13678   llvm::DenseMap<const BlockDecl *, bool> EscapeInfo;
13679 
13680   auto IsOrNestedInEscapingBlock = [&](const BlockDecl *BD) {
13681     if (EscapeInfo.count(BD))
13682       return EscapeInfo[BD];
13683 
13684     bool R = false;
13685     const BlockDecl *CurBD = BD;
13686 
13687     do {
13688       R = !CurBD->doesNotEscape();
13689       if (R)
13690         break;
13691       CurBD = CurBD->getParent()->getInnermostBlockDecl();
13692     } while (CurBD);
13693 
13694     return EscapeInfo[BD] = R;
13695   };
13696 
13697   // If the location where 'self' is implicitly retained is inside a escaping
13698   // block, emit a diagnostic.
13699   for (const std::pair<SourceLocation, const BlockDecl *> &P :
13700        S.ImplicitlyRetainedSelfLocs)
13701     if (IsOrNestedInEscapingBlock(P.second))
13702       S.Diag(P.first, diag::warn_implicitly_retains_self)
13703           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(P.first, "self->");
13704 }
13705 
13706 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
13707                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
13708   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
13709 
13710   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
13711   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
13712 
13713   if (getLangOpts().Coroutines && getCurFunction()->isCoroutine())
13714     CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body);
13715 
13716   // Do not call PopExpressionEvaluationContext() if it is a lambda because one
13717   // is already popped when finishing the lambda in BuildLambdaExpr(). This is
13718   // meant to pop the context added in ActOnStartOfFunctionDef().
13719   ExitFunctionBodyRAII ExitRAII(*this, isLambdaCallOperator(FD));
13720 
13721   if (FD) {
13722     FD->setBody(Body);
13723     FD->setWillHaveBody(false);
13724 
13725     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
13726       if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() &&
13727           FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
13728         // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
13729         // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
13730         // the deduced result type is 'void'.
13731         if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
13732           Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
13733               << FD->getReturnType();
13734           FD->setInvalidDecl();
13735         } else {
13736           // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
13737           TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD);
13738           Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
13739               FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
13740         }
13741       }
13742     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) {
13743       // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call
13744       // operators because we don't support return type deduction.
13745       auto *LSI = getCurLambda();
13746       if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) {
13747         deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI);
13748 
13749         // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4:
13750         //   [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement
13751         //   [the deduced type is] the type void
13752         QualType RetType =
13753             LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType;
13754 
13755         // Update the return type to the deduced type.
13756         const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
13757             FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
13758         FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(),
13759                                             Proto->getExtProtoInfo()));
13760       }
13761     }
13762 
13763     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
13764     // don't complain about missing return statements.
13765     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
13766       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
13767 
13768     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
13769     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
13770     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && !FD->isOutOfLine())
13771       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition);
13772 
13773     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
13774       // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
13775       if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted() && !FD->hasSkippedBody())
13776         DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters());
13777       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(),
13778                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
13779 
13780       // If this is a structor, we need a vtable.
13781       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
13782         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
13783       else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD))
13784         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent());
13785 
13786       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
13787       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
13788       // to deduce an implicit return type.
13789       if (FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
13790           (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !FD->isDependentContext()))
13791         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
13792     }
13793 
13794     // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
13795     //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
13796     //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
13797     //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
13798     //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
13799     const FunctionDecl *PossiblePrototype = nullptr;
13800     if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossiblePrototype)) {
13801       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
13802 
13803       if (PossiblePrototype) {
13804         // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
13805         // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
13806         if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = PossiblePrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
13807           TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
13808           if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
13809             Diag(PossiblePrototype->getLocation(),
13810                  diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
13811                 << (FD->getNumParams() != 0)
13812                 << (FD->getNumParams() == 0
13813                         ? FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void")
13814                         : FixItHint{});
13815         }
13816       } else {
13817         Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::note_static_for_internal_linkage)
13818             << /* function */ 1
13819             << (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_None
13820                     ? FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(),
13821                                                  "static ")
13822                     : FixItHint{});
13823       }
13824 
13825       // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes
13826       //   Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration.
13827       //   This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not provide
13828       //   a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a prototype.
13829       //   An empty list in a function declarator that is part of a definition
13830       //   of that function specifies that the function has no parameters
13831       //   (C99 6.7.5.3p14)
13832       if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype() && FD->getNumParams() > 0 &&
13833           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus) {
13834         TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
13835         TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
13836         FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAsAdjusted<FunctionTypeLoc>();
13837         Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 2;
13838       }
13839     }
13840 
13841     // Warn on CPUDispatch with an actual body.
13842     if (FD->isMultiVersion() && FD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>() && Body)
13843       if (const auto *CmpndBody = dyn_cast<CompoundStmt>(Body))
13844         if (!CmpndBody->body_empty())
13845           Diag(CmpndBody->body_front()->getBeginLoc(),
13846                diag::warn_dispatch_body_ignored);
13847 
13848     if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
13849       const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction;
13850       if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) &&
13851           MD->isVirtual() &&
13852           (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) &&
13853           MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) {
13854         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
13855         if (FD->isInlined() &&
13856             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
13857           Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD);
13858 
13859           // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we
13860           // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively.
13861           KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent());
13862           const FunctionDecl *Definition;
13863           if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition))
13864             MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
13865         } else {
13866           // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used.
13867           MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
13868         }
13869       }
13870     }
13871 
13872     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
13873            "Function parsing confused");
13874   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
13875     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
13876     MD->setBody(Body);
13877     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
13878       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(),
13879                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
13880 
13881       if (Body)
13882         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
13883     }
13884     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
13885       Diag(MD->getEndLoc(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
13886           << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
13887       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
13888     }
13889     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
13890       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
13891       bool isDesignated =
13892           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
13893       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
13894       (void)isDesignated;
13895 
13896       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
13897         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
13898         if (!IFace)
13899           return false;
13900         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
13901         if (!SuperD)
13902           return false;
13903         return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
13904             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
13905       };
13906       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
13907       // of NSObject.
13908       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
13909         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
13910              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
13911         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
13912              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
13913       }
13914       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
13915     }
13916     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
13917       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
13918       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
13919         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
13920              diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
13921       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
13922     }
13923 
13924     diagnoseImplicitlyRetainedSelf(*this);
13925   } else {
13926     // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Pop the fake scope
13927     // we pushed on.
13928     PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
13929     return nullptr;
13930   }
13931 
13932   if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations)
13933     DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl);
13934 
13935   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
13936          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
13937          "handled in the block above.");
13938 
13939   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
13940   if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) {
13941     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
13942     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
13943     // Verify this.
13944     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
13945       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
13946 
13947     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
13948     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
13949         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
13950       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
13951 
13952     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
13953       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
13954         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
13955 
13956       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
13957                                              Destructor->getParent());
13958     }
13959 
13960     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
13961     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
13962     // deletion in some later function.
13963     if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
13964         getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
13965       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
13966     }
13967     if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
13968         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
13969       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
13970       // enabled.
13971       ActivePolicy = &WP;
13972     }
13973 
13974     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
13975         !CheckConstexprFunctionDefinition(FD, CheckConstexprKind::Diagnose))
13976       FD->setInvalidDecl();
13977 
13978     if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) {
13979       for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) {
13980         // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't
13981         // require prologue.
13982         bool RegisterVariables = false;
13983         if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) {
13984           for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) {
13985             if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) {
13986               RegisterVariables =
13987                   Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit();
13988               if (!RegisterVariables)
13989                 break;
13990             }
13991           }
13992         }
13993         if (RegisterVariables)
13994           continue;
13995         if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) {
13996           Diag(S->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function);
13997           Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
13998           FD->setInvalidDecl();
13999           break;
14000         }
14001       }
14002     }
14003 
14004     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() ==
14005                ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects &&
14006            "Leftover temporaries in function");
14007     assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
14008     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
14009            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
14010   }
14011 
14012   if (!IsInstantiation)
14013     PopDeclContext();
14014 
14015   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
14016   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
14017   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
14018   // deletion in some later function.
14019   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
14020     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
14021   }
14022 
14023   return dcl;
14024 }
14025 
14026 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
14027 /// relevant Decl.
14028 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
14029                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
14030   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
14031   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
14032     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
14033   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs);
14034 
14035   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
14036     if (Method->isStatic())
14037       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
14038 }
14039 
14040 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
14041 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
14042 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
14043                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
14044   // Find the scope in which the identifier is injected and the corresponding
14045   // DeclContext.
14046   // FIXME: C89 does not say what happens if there is no enclosing block scope.
14047   // In that case, we inject the declaration into the translation unit scope
14048   // instead.
14049   Scope *BlockScope = S;
14050   while (!BlockScope->isCompoundStmtScope() && BlockScope->getParent())
14051     BlockScope = BlockScope->getParent();
14052 
14053   Scope *ContextScope = BlockScope;
14054   while (!ContextScope->getEntity())
14055     ContextScope = ContextScope->getParent();
14056   ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, ContextScope->getEntity());
14057 
14058   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
14059   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
14060   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
14061   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
14062   NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II);
14063   if (ExternCPrev) {
14064     // We still need to inject the function into the enclosing block scope so
14065     // that later (non-call) uses can see it.
14066     PushOnScopeChains(ExternCPrev, BlockScope, /*AddToContext*/false);
14067 
14068     // C89 footnote 38:
14069     //   If in fact it is not defined as having type "function returning int",
14070     //   the behavior is undefined.
14071     if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev) ||
14072         !Context.typesAreCompatible(
14073             cast<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev)->getType(),
14074             Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Context.IntTy))) {
14075       Diag(Loc, diag::ext_use_out_of_scope_declaration)
14076           << ExternCPrev << !getLangOpts().C99;
14077       Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
14078       return ExternCPrev;
14079     }
14080   }
14081 
14082   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
14083   unsigned diag_id;
14084   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
14085     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
14086   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.u - Implicit function declaration is not supported.
14087   else if (getLangOpts().OpenCL)
14088     diag_id = diag::err_opencl_implicit_function_decl;
14089   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
14090     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
14091   else
14092     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
14093   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
14094 
14095   // If we found a prior declaration of this function, don't bother building
14096   // another one. We've already pushed that one into scope, so there's nothing
14097   // more to do.
14098   if (ExternCPrev)
14099     return ExternCPrev;
14100 
14101   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
14102   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
14103   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
14104     TypoCorrection Corrected;
14105     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> CCC{};
14106     if (S && (Corrected =
14107                   CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName,
14108                               S, nullptr, CCC, CTK_NonError)))
14109       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
14110                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
14111   }
14112 
14113   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
14114   const char *Dummy;
14115   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
14116   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
14117   unsigned DiagID;
14118   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
14119                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
14120   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
14121   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
14122   SourceLocation NoLoc;
14123   Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::BlockContext);
14124   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
14125                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
14126                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
14127                                              /*Params=*/nullptr,
14128                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
14129                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
14130                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
14131                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
14132                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
14133                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, EST_None,
14134                                              /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(),
14135                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
14136                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
14137                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
14138                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
14139                                              /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr,
14140                                              /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None, Loc,
14141                                              Loc, D),
14142                 std::move(DS.getAttributes()), SourceLocation());
14143   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
14144 
14145   // Insert this function into the enclosing block scope.
14146   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(BlockScope, D));
14147   FD->setImplicit();
14148 
14149   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
14150 
14151   return FD;
14152 }
14153 
14154 /// Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
14155 /// the declaration of this function.
14156 ///
14157 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
14158 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
14159 /// like NSLog or printf.
14160 ///
14161 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
14162 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
14163 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
14164   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
14165     return;
14166 
14167   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
14168   // actual attributes.
14169   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
14170     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
14171     unsigned FormatIdx;
14172     bool HasVAListArg;
14173     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
14174       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
14175         const char *fmt = "printf";
14176         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
14177         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
14178             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
14179           fmt = "NSString";
14180         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
14181                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
14182                                                FormatIdx+1,
14183                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
14184                                                FD->getLocation()));
14185       }
14186     }
14187     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
14188                                              HasVAListArg)) {
14189      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
14190        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
14191                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
14192                                               FormatIdx+1,
14193                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
14194                                               FD->getLocation()));
14195     }
14196 
14197     // Handle automatically recognized callbacks.
14198     SmallVector<int, 4> Encoding;
14199     if (!FD->hasAttr<CallbackAttr>() &&
14200         Context.BuiltinInfo.performsCallback(BuiltinID, Encoding))
14201       FD->addAttr(CallbackAttr::CreateImplicit(
14202           Context, Encoding.data(), Encoding.size(), FD->getLocation()));
14203 
14204     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only thing
14205     // preventing the function from being const. This allows IRgen to use LLVM
14206     // intrinsics for such functions.
14207     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>() &&
14208         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID))
14209       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14210 
14211     // We make "fma" on some platforms const because we know it does not set
14212     // errno in those environments even though it could set errno based on the
14213     // C standard.
14214     const llvm::Triple &Trip = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple();
14215     if ((Trip.isGNUEnvironment() || Trip.isAndroid() || Trip.isOSMSVCRT()) &&
14216         !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) {
14217       switch (BuiltinID) {
14218       case Builtin::BI__builtin_fma:
14219       case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmaf:
14220       case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmal:
14221       case Builtin::BIfma:
14222       case Builtin::BIfmaf:
14223       case Builtin::BIfmal:
14224         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14225         break;
14226       default:
14227         break;
14228       }
14229     }
14230 
14231     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
14232         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
14233       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
14234                                          FD->getLocation()));
14235     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
14236       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14237     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>())
14238       FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14239     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
14240       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14241     if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) &&
14242         !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) {
14243       // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode
14244       // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host
14245       // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__.
14246       if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice !=
14247           Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID))
14248         FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14249       else
14250         FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14251     }
14252   }
14253 
14254   // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot
14255   // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come
14256   // across.
14257   if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind &&
14258       FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) {
14259     const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
14260     if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None)
14261       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14262   }
14263 
14264   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
14265   if (!Name)
14266     return;
14267   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
14268        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
14269       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
14270        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
14271        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
14272     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
14273     // about.
14274   } else
14275     return;
14276 
14277   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
14278     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
14279     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
14280     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
14281       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
14282                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
14283                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
14284                                              FD->getLocation()));
14285   }
14286 
14287   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
14288     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
14289     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
14290     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
14291       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ParamIdx(1, FD),
14292                                                 FD->getLocation()));
14293   }
14294 }
14295 
14296 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
14297                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
14298   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
14299   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
14300 
14301   if (!TInfo) {
14302     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
14303     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
14304   }
14305 
14306   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
14307   TypedefDecl *NewTD =
14308       TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, D.getBeginLoc(),
14309                           D.getIdentifierLoc(), D.getIdentifier(), TInfo);
14310 
14311   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
14312   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
14313     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
14314     return NewTD;
14315   }
14316 
14317   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
14318     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
14319       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
14320         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
14321         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
14322         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
14323     else
14324       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
14325   }
14326 
14327   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
14328   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
14329   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
14330   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
14331   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
14332   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
14333   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
14334   case TST_enum:
14335   case TST_struct:
14336   case TST_interface:
14337   case TST_union:
14338   case TST_class: {
14339     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
14340     setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
14341     break;
14342   }
14343 
14344   default:
14345     break;
14346   }
14347 
14348   return NewTD;
14349 }
14350 
14351 /// Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
14352 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
14353   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
14354   QualType T = TI->getType();
14355 
14356   if (T->isDependentType())
14357     return false;
14358 
14359   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
14360     if (BT->isInteger())
14361       return false;
14362 
14363   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
14364   return true;
14365 }
14366 
14367 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
14368 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
14369 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
14370                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, bool IsFixed,
14371                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
14372   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
14373     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
14374       << Prev->isScoped();
14375     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
14376     return true;
14377   }
14378 
14379   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
14380     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
14381         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
14382         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
14383                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
14384       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
14385       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
14386         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
14387       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
14388           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
14389       return true;
14390     }
14391   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
14392     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
14393       << Prev->isFixed();
14394     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
14395     return true;
14396   }
14397 
14398   return false;
14399 }
14400 
14401 /// Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
14402 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
14403 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
14404 ///
14405 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
14406 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
14407   switch (Tag) {
14408   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
14409   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
14410   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
14411   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
14412   }
14413 }
14414 
14415 /// Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
14416 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
14417 ///
14418 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
14419 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
14420 {
14421   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
14422 }
14423 
14424 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl,
14425                                              TagTypeKind TTK) {
14426   if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl))
14427     return NTK_Typedef;
14428   else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl))
14429     return NTK_TypeAlias;
14430   else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl))
14431     return NTK_Template;
14432   else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl))
14433     return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate;
14434   else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl))
14435     return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument;
14436   switch (TTK) {
14437   case TTK_Struct:
14438   case TTK_Interface:
14439   case TTK_Class:
14440     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct;
14441   case TTK_Union:
14442     return NTK_NonUnion;
14443   case TTK_Enum:
14444     return NTK_NonEnum;
14445   }
14446   llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK");
14447 }
14448 
14449 /// Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
14450 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
14451 ///
14452 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
14453 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
14454                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
14455                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
14456                                         const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
14457   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
14458   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
14459   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
14460   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
14461   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
14462   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
14463   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
14464   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
14465   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
14466   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
14467   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
14468   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
14469   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
14470   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
14471   if (OldTag != NewTag &&
14472       !(isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)))
14473     return false;
14474 
14475   // Tags are compatible, but we might still want to warn on mismatched tags.
14476   // Non-class tags can't be mismatched at this point.
14477   if (!isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
14478     return true;
14479 
14480   // Declarations for which -Wmismatched-tags is disabled are entirely ignored
14481   // by our warning analysis. We don't want to warn about mismatches with (eg)
14482   // declarations in system headers that are designed to be specialized, but if
14483   // a user asks us to warn, we should warn if their code contains mismatched
14484   // declarations.
14485   auto IsIgnoredLoc = [&](SourceLocation Loc) {
14486     return getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch,
14487                                       Loc);
14488   };
14489   if (IsIgnoredLoc(NewTagLoc))
14490     return true;
14491 
14492   auto IsIgnored = [&](const TagDecl *Tag) {
14493     return IsIgnoredLoc(Tag->getLocation());
14494   };
14495   while (IsIgnored(Previous)) {
14496     Previous = Previous->getPreviousDecl();
14497     if (!Previous)
14498       return true;
14499     OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
14500   }
14501 
14502   bool isTemplate = false;
14503   if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
14504     isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
14505 
14506   if (inTemplateInstantiation()) {
14507     if (OldTag != NewTag) {
14508       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
14509       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
14510       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
14511         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
14512         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
14513       // FIXME: Note previous location?
14514     }
14515     return true;
14516   }
14517 
14518   if (isDefinition) {
14519     // On definitions, check all previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
14520     // one that doesn't match the current tag.
14521     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
14522       // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
14523       return true;
14524     }
14525 
14526     bool previousMismatch = false;
14527     for (const TagDecl *I : Previous->redecls()) {
14528       if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
14529         // Ignore previous declarations for which the warning was disabled.
14530         if (IsIgnored(I))
14531           continue;
14532 
14533         if (!previousMismatch) {
14534           previousMismatch = true;
14535           Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
14536             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
14537             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
14538         }
14539         Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
14540           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
14541           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
14542                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
14543       }
14544     }
14545     return true;
14546   }
14547 
14548   // Identify the prevailing tag kind: this is the kind of the definition (if
14549   // there is a non-ignored definition), or otherwise the kind of the prior
14550   // (non-ignored) declaration.
14551   const TagDecl *PrevDef = Previous->getDefinition();
14552   if (PrevDef && IsIgnored(PrevDef))
14553     PrevDef = nullptr;
14554   const TagDecl *Redecl = PrevDef ? PrevDef : Previous;
14555   if (Redecl->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
14556     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
14557       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
14558       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
14559     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
14560 
14561     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
14562     if (PrevDef) {
14563       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
14564         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
14565         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
14566              TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
14567     }
14568   }
14569 
14570   return true;
14571 }
14572 
14573 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name
14574 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration.
14575 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet:
14576 ///   namespace N {
14577 ///     struct X;
14578 ///     namespace M {
14579 ///       struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; };
14580 ///     }
14581 ///   }
14582 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S,
14583                                          SourceLocation NameLoc) {
14584   // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see
14585   // if we get the same namespace back.  If we do not, continue until
14586   // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS.
14587   SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces;
14588   DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
14589   for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) {
14590     // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by
14591     // other namespaces.  Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain.
14592     NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
14593     if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace())
14594       return FixItHint();
14595     IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier();
14596     Namespaces.push_back(II);
14597     NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName(
14598         S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName);
14599     if (Lookup == Namespace)
14600       break;
14601   }
14602 
14603   // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and
14604   // build an NNS.
14605   SmallString<64> Insertion;
14606   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion);
14607   if (DC->isTranslationUnit())
14608     OS << "::";
14609   std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end());
14610   for (auto *II : Namespaces)
14611     OS << II->getName() << "::";
14612   return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion);
14613 }
14614 
14615 /// Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can
14616 /// be redeclared with an unqualified name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup
14617 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a
14618 /// using-declaration).
14619 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC,
14620                                          DeclContext *NewDC) {
14621   OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext();
14622   NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext();
14623 
14624   if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC))
14625     return true;
14626 
14627   // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either
14628   // encloses the other).
14629   if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat &&
14630       (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC)))
14631     return true;
14632 
14633   return false;
14634 }
14635 
14636 /// This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
14637 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
14638 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
14639 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
14640 ///
14641 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or
14642 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
14643 ///
14644 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should
14645 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration.
14646 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
14647                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
14648                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
14649                      const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, AccessSpecifier AS,
14650                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
14651                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
14652                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
14653                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
14654                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType,
14655                      bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg,
14656                      SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
14657   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
14658   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
14659   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
14660          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
14661   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
14662 
14663   OwnedDecl = false;
14664   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
14665   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
14666 
14667   // FIXME: Check member specializations more carefully.
14668   bool isMemberSpecialization = false;
14669   bool Invalid = false;
14670 
14671   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
14672   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
14673   // for non-C++ cases.
14674   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
14675       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
14676     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
14677             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
14678                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
14679                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isMemberSpecialization, Invalid)) {
14680       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
14681         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
14682         return nullptr;
14683       }
14684 
14685       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
14686         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
14687         // be a member of another template).
14688 
14689         if (Invalid)
14690           return nullptr;
14691 
14692         OwnedDecl = false;
14693         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(
14694             S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, SS, Name, NameLoc, Attrs, TemplateParams,
14695             AS, ModulePrivateLoc,
14696             /*FriendLoc*/ SourceLocation(), TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1,
14697             TemplateParameterLists.data(), SkipBody);
14698         return Result.get();
14699       } else {
14700         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
14701         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
14702           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
14703         isMemberSpecialization = true;
14704       }
14705     }
14706   }
14707 
14708   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
14709   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
14710   // redeclaration.
14711   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
14712   bool IsFixed = !UnderlyingType.isUnset() || ScopedEnum;
14713 
14714   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
14715     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) {
14716       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
14717       // type, default to int.
14718       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
14719     } else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
14720       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
14721       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
14722       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
14723       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
14724       EnumUnderlying = TI;
14725 
14726       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
14727         // Recover by falling back to int.
14728         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
14729 
14730       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
14731                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
14732         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
14733 
14734     } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isWindowsMSVCEnvironment()) {
14735       // For MSVC ABI compatibility, unfixed enums must use an underlying type
14736       // of 'int'. However, if this is an unfixed forward declaration, don't set
14737       // the underlying type unless the user enables -fms-compatibility. This
14738       // makes unfixed forward declared enums incomplete and is more conforming.
14739       if (TUK == TUK_Definition || getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
14740         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
14741     }
14742   }
14743 
14744   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
14745   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
14746   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
14747   bool isStdAlignValT = false;
14748 
14749   RedeclarationKind Redecl = forRedeclarationInCurContext();
14750   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
14751     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
14752 
14753   /// Create a new tag decl in C/ObjC. Since the ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C
14754   /// implemented asks for structural equivalence checking, the returned decl
14755   /// here is passed back to the parser, allowing the tag body to be parsed.
14756   auto createTagFromNewDecl = [&]() -> TagDecl * {
14757     assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "not meant for C++ usage");
14758     // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
14759     // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
14760     // keyword.
14761     SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
14762     TagDecl *New = nullptr;
14763 
14764     if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
14765       New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, nullptr,
14766                              ScopedEnum, ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed);
14767       // If this is an undefined enum, bail.
14768       if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid)
14769         return nullptr;
14770       if (EnumUnderlying) {
14771         EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
14772         if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>())
14773           ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
14774         else
14775           ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type *>(), 0));
14776         ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
14777       }
14778     } else { // struct/union
14779       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
14780                                nullptr);
14781     }
14782 
14783     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
14784       // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked
14785       // when the ASTContext lays out the structure.
14786       //
14787       // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
14788       // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is
14789       // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
14790       // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
14791       // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
14792       // parsing of the struct).
14793       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) {
14794         AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
14795         AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
14796       }
14797     }
14798     New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
14799     return New;
14800   };
14801 
14802   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
14803   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
14804     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
14805 
14806     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
14807     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
14808       Name = nullptr;
14809       goto CreateNewDecl;
14810     }
14811 
14812     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
14813     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
14814     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
14815       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
14816       if (!DC) {
14817         IsDependent = true;
14818         return nullptr;
14819       }
14820     } else {
14821       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
14822       if (!DC) {
14823         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
14824           << SS.getRange();
14825         return nullptr;
14826       }
14827     }
14828 
14829     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
14830       return nullptr;
14831 
14832     SearchDC = DC;
14833     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
14834     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
14835 
14836     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
14837       return nullptr;
14838 
14839     if (Previous.empty()) {
14840       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
14841       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
14842       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
14843       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
14844       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
14845       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
14846       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
14847           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
14848         IsDependent = true;
14849         return nullptr;
14850       }
14851 
14852       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
14853       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
14854         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
14855       Name = nullptr;
14856       Invalid = true;
14857       goto CreateNewDecl;
14858     }
14859   } else if (Name) {
14860     // C++14 [class.mem]p14:
14861     //   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
14862     //   name different from T:
14863     //    -- every member of class T that is itself a type
14864     if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
14865         DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc)))
14866       return nullptr;
14867 
14868     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
14869     // declaration or definition.
14870     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
14871     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
14872     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
14873     LookupName(Previous, S);
14874 
14875     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
14876     // by types using'ed into this scope.
14877     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
14878         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
14879       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
14880       while (F.hasNext()) {
14881         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
14882         if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
14883                 SearchDC->getRedeclContext()))
14884           F.erase();
14885       }
14886       F.done();
14887     }
14888 
14889     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
14890     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
14891     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
14892     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
14893     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
14894     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
14895     //
14896     // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag
14897     // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing
14898     // scope.  They do implement this rule for friend functions.
14899     //
14900     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
14901     // semantic context?
14902     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
14903       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
14904       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
14905       bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
14906       while (F.hasNext()) {
14907         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
14908         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
14909         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
14910             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
14911           if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
14912             FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
14913           else
14914             F.erase();
14915         }
14916       }
14917       F.done();
14918 
14919       // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have
14920       // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace.
14921       if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) {
14922         NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl();
14923         Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace)
14924             << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc);
14925       }
14926     }
14927 
14928     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
14929     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
14930       return nullptr;
14931 
14932     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
14933       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
14934       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
14935       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
14936       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
14937       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
14938         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
14939     }
14940   }
14941 
14942   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
14943       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
14944     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
14945     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
14946     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
14947     Previous.clear();
14948   }
14949 
14950   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
14951       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) {
14952     if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
14953       // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
14954       isStdBadAlloc = true;
14955 
14956       // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
14957       // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
14958       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
14959       if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc)
14960         Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
14961     } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) {
14962       isStdAlignValT = true;
14963       if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT)
14964         Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT());
14965     }
14966   }
14967 
14968   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
14969   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
14970   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
14971   // there's a shadow friend decl.
14972   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
14973       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || IsTemplateParamOrArg)) {
14974     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
14975     assert(SS.isEmpty());
14976 
14977     if (TUK == TUK_Reference || IsTemplateParamOrArg) {
14978       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
14979       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
14980       //
14981       //          class-key identifier
14982       //
14983       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
14984       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
14985       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
14986       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
14987       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
14988       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
14989       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
14990       //      declaration.
14991       //
14992       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
14993       // C structs and unions.
14994       //
14995       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
14996       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
14997       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
14998       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
14999       //
15000       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
15001       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
15002       //
15003       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
15004       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
15005       // lexical context,
15006       SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC);
15007 
15008       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
15009       S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts());
15010     } else {
15011       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
15012       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
15013       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
15014       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
15015       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
15016       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
15017     }
15018 
15019     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
15020     // diagnose some problems.
15021     // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a
15022     // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a
15023     // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier.  In C that is not correct
15024     // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup.
15025     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
15026       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext());
15027       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
15028     } else {
15029       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext());
15030       LookupName(Previous, S);
15031     }
15032   }
15033 
15034   // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it.
15035   if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous)
15036     Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous);
15037 
15038   if (!Previous.empty()) {
15039     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
15040     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
15041 
15042     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
15043     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
15044     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
15045     // in C++.
15046     //
15047     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
15048     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
15049     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
15050     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
15051     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
15052       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
15053         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
15054           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
15055           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
15056               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
15057                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
15058             PrevDecl = Tag;
15059             Previous.clear();
15060             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
15061             Previous.resolveKind();
15062           }
15063         }
15064       }
15065     }
15066 
15067     // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must
15068     // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a
15069     // redefinition if either context is within the other.
15070     if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) {
15071       auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl);
15072       if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
15073           isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isMemberSpecialization) &&
15074           !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(
15075                           *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) {
15076         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
15077         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
15078              diag::note_using_decl_target);
15079         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl)
15080             << 0;
15081         // Recover by ignoring the old declaration.
15082         Previous.clear();
15083         goto CreateNewDecl;
15084       }
15085     }
15086 
15087     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
15088       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
15089       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
15090       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
15091       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
15092           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
15093                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) {
15094         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
15095         // struct or something similar.
15096         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
15097                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
15098                                           Name)) {
15099           bool SafeToContinue
15100             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
15101                Kind != TTK_Enum);
15102           if (SafeToContinue)
15103             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
15104               << Name
15105               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
15106                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
15107           else
15108             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
15109           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
15110 
15111           if (SafeToContinue)
15112             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
15113           else {
15114             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
15115             Name = nullptr;
15116             Previous.clear();
15117             Invalid = true;
15118           }
15119         }
15120 
15121         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
15122           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
15123 
15124           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
15125           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
15126           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
15127             if (ScopedEnum)
15128               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
15129                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
15130                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
15131             return PrevTagDecl;
15132           }
15133 
15134           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
15135           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
15136             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
15137           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
15138             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
15139 
15140           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
15141           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
15142           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
15143           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
15144                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy,
15145                                      IsFixed, PrevEnum))
15146             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
15147         }
15148 
15149         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
15150         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
15151         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
15152         //   and then later defined.
15153         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
15154             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
15155           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
15156           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
15157         }
15158 
15159         if (!Invalid) {
15160           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
15161           // we have attributes.
15162           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
15163             if (!Attrs.empty()) {
15164               // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new
15165               // declaration to hold them.
15166             } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference &&
15167                        (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ==
15168                             Decl::FOK_Undeclared ||
15169                         PrevDecl->getOwningModule() != getCurrentModule()) &&
15170                        SS.isEmpty()) {
15171               // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but
15172               // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes
15173               // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module.
15174               // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if
15175               // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior
15176               // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same
15177               // scope where we would have injected a declaration.
15178               if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext()
15179                        ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
15180                 return PrevTagDecl;
15181               // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in
15182               // that scope.
15183               S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts());
15184             } else {
15185               return PrevTagDecl;
15186             }
15187           }
15188 
15189           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
15190           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
15191             if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
15192               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
15193               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
15194               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
15195               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
15196               if (isMemberSpecialization) {
15197                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
15198                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
15199                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
15200                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
15201                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
15202                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
15203                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
15204                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
15205               }
15206 
15207               // Note that clang allows ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C, i.e., do
15208               // not keep more that one definition around (merge them). However,
15209               // ensure the decl passes the structural compatibility check in
15210               // C11 6.2.7/1 (or 6.1.2.6/1 in C89).
15211               NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
15212               if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) {
15213                 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We
15214                 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and
15215                 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one
15216                 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and
15217                 // use it in place of this one.
15218                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
15219                   // Postpone making the old definition visible until after we
15220                   // complete parsing the new one and do the structural
15221                   // comparison.
15222                   SkipBody->CheckSameAsPrevious = true;
15223                   SkipBody->New = createTagFromNewDecl();
15224                   SkipBody->Previous = Def;
15225                   return Def;
15226                 } else {
15227                   SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
15228                   SkipBody->Previous = Def;
15229                   makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden);
15230                   // Carry on and handle it like a normal definition. We'll
15231                   // skip starting the definitiion later.
15232                 }
15233               } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
15234                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
15235                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
15236                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
15237                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
15238                 else
15239                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
15240                 notePreviousDefinition(Def,
15241                                        NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc);
15242                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
15243                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
15244                 // references get the previous definition.
15245                 Name = nullptr;
15246                 Previous.clear();
15247                 Invalid = true;
15248               }
15249             } else {
15250               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
15251               // about a nested redefinition.
15252               auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl();
15253               if (TD->isBeingDefined()) {
15254                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
15255                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
15256                      diag::note_previous_definition);
15257                 Name = nullptr;
15258                 Previous.clear();
15259                 Invalid = true;
15260               }
15261             }
15262 
15263             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
15264             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
15265           }
15266 
15267           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind
15268           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
15269           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
15270           if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
15271             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
15272             AS = AS_none;
15273           }
15274         }
15275         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
15276         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
15277 
15278       } else {
15279         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
15280         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
15281         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
15282         // have distinct types.
15283         Previous.clear();
15284       }
15285       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
15286       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
15287       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
15288 
15289     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
15290     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
15291     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
15292     } else {
15293       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
15294       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
15295       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
15296       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
15297           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
15298         NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind);
15299         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << PrevDecl << NTK
15300                                                        << Kind;
15301         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
15302         Invalid = true;
15303 
15304       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
15305       } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
15306                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) {
15307         // do nothing
15308 
15309       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
15310       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
15311         NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind);
15312         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK;
15313         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
15314         Invalid = true;
15315 
15316       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
15317       // case here.
15318       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
15319         unsigned Kind = 0;
15320         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
15321         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
15322           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
15323         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
15324         Invalid = true;
15325 
15326       // Otherwise, diagnose.
15327       } else {
15328         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
15329         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
15330         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
15331         notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, NameLoc);
15332         Name = nullptr;
15333         Invalid = true;
15334       }
15335 
15336       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
15337       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
15338       Previous.clear();
15339     }
15340   }
15341 
15342 CreateNewDecl:
15343 
15344   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
15345   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
15346     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
15347 
15348   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
15349   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
15350   // keyword.
15351   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
15352 
15353   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
15354   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
15355   // PrevDecl.
15356   TagDecl *New;
15357 
15358   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
15359     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
15360     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
15361     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
15362                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
15363                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed);
15364 
15365     if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit()))
15366       StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
15367 
15368     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
15369     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
15370       TagDecl *Def;
15371       if (IsFixed && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
15372         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
15373         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
15374       }
15375       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
15376         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
15377           << New;
15378         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
15379       } else {
15380         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
15381         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
15382           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
15383         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15384           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
15385         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
15386       }
15387     }
15388 
15389     if (EnumUnderlying) {
15390       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
15391       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
15392         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
15393       else
15394         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
15395       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
15396       assert(ED->isComplete() && "enum with type should be complete");
15397     }
15398   } else {
15399     // struct/union/class
15400 
15401     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
15402     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
15403     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
15404       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
15405       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
15406                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
15407 
15408       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
15409         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
15410     } else
15411       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
15412                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
15413   }
15414 
15415   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
15416   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
15417   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && (IsTypeSpecifier || IsTemplateParamOrArg) &&
15418       TUK == TUK_Definition) {
15419     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
15420       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
15421     Invalid = true;
15422   }
15423 
15424   if (!Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK == TUK_Definition &&
15425       DC->getDeclKind() == Decl::Enum) {
15426     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_enum)
15427       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
15428     Invalid = true;
15429   }
15430 
15431   // Maybe add qualifier info.
15432   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
15433     if (SS.isSet()) {
15434       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
15435       // nested-name-specifier against the current context.
15436       if ((TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
15437           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc,
15438                                        isMemberSpecialization))
15439         Invalid = true;
15440 
15441       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
15442       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
15443         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists);
15444       }
15445     }
15446     else
15447       Invalid = true;
15448   }
15449 
15450   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
15451     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
15452     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
15453     //
15454     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
15455     // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is
15456     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
15457     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
15458     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
15459     // parsing of the struct).
15460     if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) {
15461       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
15462       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
15463     }
15464   }
15465 
15466   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
15467     if (isMemberSpecialization)
15468       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
15469         << 2
15470         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
15471     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
15472     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
15473     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
15474     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
15475       New->setModulePrivate();
15476   }
15477 
15478   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
15479   // check the specialization.
15480   if (isMemberSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
15481     Invalid = true;
15482 
15483   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
15484   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
15485   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
15486   if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
15487       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
15488     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
15489       // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
15490       //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
15491       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
15492         Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
15493             << Name;
15494         Invalid = true;
15495       }
15496     } else if (!PrevDecl) {
15497       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
15498     }
15499   }
15500 
15501   if (Invalid)
15502     New->setInvalidDecl();
15503 
15504   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
15505   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
15506   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
15507 
15508   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
15509   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
15510   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
15511   // the tag name visible.
15512   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
15513     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat);
15514 
15515   // Set the access specifier.
15516   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
15517     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
15518 
15519   if (PrevDecl)
15520     CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, PrevDecl);
15521 
15522   if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip))
15523     New->startDefinition();
15524 
15525   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs);
15526   AddPragmaAttributes(S, New);
15527 
15528   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
15529   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
15530     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
15531     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
15532     if (PrevDecl)
15533       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
15534 
15535     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
15536     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
15537     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
15538       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
15539         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
15540   } else if (Name) {
15541     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
15542     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, true);
15543   } else {
15544     CurContext->addDecl(New);
15545   }
15546 
15547   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
15548   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
15549     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
15550         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
15551         II->isStr("FILE"))
15552       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
15553 
15554   if (PrevDecl)
15555     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
15556 
15557   if (auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New))
15558     inferGslOwnerPointerAttribute(CXXRD);
15559 
15560   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
15561   // record.
15562   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
15563 
15564   if (isMemberSpecialization && !New->isInvalidDecl())
15565     CompleteMemberSpecialization(New, Previous);
15566 
15567   OwnedDecl = true;
15568   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
15569   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
15570   if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
15571     if (New->isBeingDefined())
15572       if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New))
15573         RD->completeDefinition();
15574     return nullptr;
15575   } else if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) {
15576     return SkipBody->Previous;
15577   } else {
15578     return New;
15579   }
15580 }
15581 
15582 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
15583   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
15584   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
15585 
15586   // Enter the tag context.
15587   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
15588 
15589   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
15590 
15591   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
15592   // record.
15593   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
15594 }
15595 
15596 bool Sema::ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev,
15597                                     SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody) {
15598   if (!hasStructuralCompatLayout(Prev, SkipBody.New))
15599     return false;
15600 
15601   // Make the previous decl visible.
15602   makeMergedDefinitionVisible(SkipBody.Previous);
15603   return true;
15604 }
15605 
15606 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
15607   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
15608          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
15609   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
15610   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
15611       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
15612   CurContext = OCD;
15613   return IDecl;
15614 }
15615 
15616 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
15617                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
15618                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
15619                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
15620   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
15621   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
15622 
15623   FieldCollector->StartClass();
15624 
15625   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
15626     return;
15627 
15628   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
15629     Record->addAttr(FinalAttr::Create(
15630         Context, FinalLoc, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword,
15631         static_cast<FinalAttr::Spelling>(IsFinalSpelledSealed)));
15632 
15633   // C++ [class]p2:
15634   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
15635   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
15636   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
15637   //   as if it were a public member name.
15638   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName = CXXRecordDecl::Create(
15639       Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, Record->getBeginLoc(),
15640       Record->getLocation(), Record->getIdentifier(),
15641       /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
15642       /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
15643   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
15644   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
15645   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
15646   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
15647       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
15648   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
15649   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
15650          "Broken injected-class-name");
15651 }
15652 
15653 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
15654                                     SourceRange BraceRange) {
15655   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
15656   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
15657   Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange);
15658 
15659   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
15660   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
15661     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
15662     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
15663       RD->completeDefinition();
15664   }
15665 
15666   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
15667     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
15668   }
15669 
15670   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
15671   PopDeclContext();
15672 
15673   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
15674       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
15675     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
15676 
15677   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
15678   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
15679     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
15680 }
15681 
15682 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
15683   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
15684   PopDeclContext();
15685 }
15686 
15687 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
15688   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
15689   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
15690   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
15691 }
15692 
15693 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
15694   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
15695   OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
15696 }
15697 
15698 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
15699   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
15700   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
15701   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
15702 
15703   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
15704   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
15705     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
15706       RD->completeDefinition();
15707   }
15708 
15709   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
15710   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
15711   // the FieldCollector.
15712 
15713   PopDeclContext();
15714 }
15715 
15716 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
15717 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
15718                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
15719                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
15720                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
15721   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
15722   if (ZeroWidth)
15723     *ZeroWidth = true;
15724 
15725   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
15726   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
15727   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
15728     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
15729     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
15730       return ExprError();
15731     if (FieldName)
15732       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
15733         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
15734     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
15735       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
15736   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
15737                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
15738     return ExprError();
15739 
15740   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
15741   // it now.
15742   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
15743     return BitWidth;
15744 
15745   llvm::APSInt Value;
15746   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
15747   if (ICE.isInvalid())
15748     return ICE;
15749   BitWidth = ICE.get();
15750 
15751   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
15752     *ZeroWidth = false;
15753 
15754   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
15755   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
15756     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
15757 
15758   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
15759     if (FieldName)
15760       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
15761                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
15762     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
15763       << Value.toString(10);
15764   }
15765 
15766   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
15767     uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
15768     uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy);
15769     bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth);
15770 
15771     // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield
15772     // ABI.
15773     bool CStdConstraintViolation =
15774         BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
15775     bool MSBitfieldViolation =
15776         Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) &&
15777         (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft());
15778     if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) {
15779       unsigned DiagWidth =
15780           CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize;
15781       if (FieldName)
15782         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
15783                << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
15784                << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth;
15785 
15786       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
15787              << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation
15788              << DiagWidth;
15789     }
15790 
15791     // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all
15792     // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than
15793     // 'bool'.
15794     if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) {
15795       if (FieldName)
15796         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
15797             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
15798             << (unsigned)TypeWidth;
15799       else
15800         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
15801             << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth;
15802     }
15803   }
15804 
15805   return BitWidth;
15806 }
15807 
15808 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
15809 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
15810 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
15811                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
15812   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
15813                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
15814                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
15815   return Res;
15816 }
15817 
15818 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
15819 ///
15820 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
15821                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
15822                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
15823                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
15824                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
15825   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
15826     const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator();
15827     Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context)
15828       << Decomp.getSourceRange();
15829     return nullptr;
15830   }
15831 
15832   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
15833   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
15834   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
15835 
15836   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
15837   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
15838   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
15839     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
15840 
15841     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
15842                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
15843       D.setInvalidType();
15844       T = Context.IntTy;
15845       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
15846     }
15847   }
15848 
15849   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
15850 
15851   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
15852     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
15853         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
15854   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
15855     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
15856          diag::err_invalid_thread)
15857       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
15858 
15859   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
15860   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
15861   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
15862                         ForVisibleRedeclaration);
15863   LookupName(Previous, S);
15864   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
15865     case LookupResult::Found:
15866     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
15867       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
15868       break;
15869 
15870     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
15871       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
15872       break;
15873 
15874     case LookupResult::NotFound:
15875     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
15876     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
15877       break;
15878   }
15879   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
15880 
15881   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
15882     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
15883     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
15884     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
15885     PrevDecl = nullptr;
15886   }
15887 
15888   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
15889     PrevDecl = nullptr;
15890 
15891   bool Mutable
15892     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
15893   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getBeginLoc();
15894   FieldDecl *NewFD
15895     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
15896                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
15897 
15898   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
15899     Record->setInvalidDecl();
15900 
15901   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
15902     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
15903 
15904   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
15905     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
15906     // with the same name in the same scope.
15907   } else if (II) {
15908     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
15909   } else
15910     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
15911 
15912   return NewFD;
15913 }
15914 
15915 /// Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
15916 ///
15917 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
15918 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
15919 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
15920 /// created.
15921 ///
15922 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
15923 ///
15924 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
15925 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
15926                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
15927                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
15928                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
15929                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
15930                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
15931                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
15932                                 Declarator *D) {
15933   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
15934   bool InvalidDecl = false;
15935   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
15936 
15937   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
15938   // marking this declaration as invalid.
15939   if (T.isNull()) {
15940     InvalidDecl = true;
15941     T = Context.IntTy;
15942   }
15943 
15944   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
15945   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
15946     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
15947       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
15948       Record->setInvalidDecl();
15949       InvalidDecl = true;
15950     } else {
15951       NamedDecl *Def;
15952       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
15953       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
15954         Record->setInvalidDecl();
15955         InvalidDecl = true;
15956       }
15957     }
15958   }
15959 
15960   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address space
15961   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace() || T->isDependentAddressSpaceType() ||
15962       T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->isDependentAddressSpaceType()) {
15963     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
15964     Record->setInvalidDecl();
15965     InvalidDecl = true;
15966   }
15967 
15968   if (LangOpts.OpenCL) {
15969     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be
15970     // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types.
15971     if (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || T->isSamplerT() ||
15972         T->isBlockPointerType()) {
15973       Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T;
15974       Record->setInvalidDecl();
15975       InvalidDecl = true;
15976     }
15977     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
15978     if (BitWidth) {
15979       Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
15980       InvalidDecl = true;
15981     }
15982   }
15983 
15984   // Anonymous bit-fields cannot be cv-qualified (CWG 2229).
15985   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !II && BitWidth &&
15986       T.hasQualifiers()) {
15987     InvalidDecl = true;
15988     Diag(Loc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_qualifiers);
15989   }
15990 
15991   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
15992   // than a variably modified type.
15993   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
15994     bool SizeIsNegative;
15995     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
15996 
15997     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
15998       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
15999                                                     SizeIsNegative,
16000                                                     Oversized);
16001     if (FixedTInfo) {
16002       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
16003       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
16004       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
16005     } else {
16006       if (SizeIsNegative)
16007         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
16008       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
16009         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
16010           << Oversized.toString(10);
16011       else
16012         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
16013       InvalidDecl = true;
16014     }
16015   }
16016 
16017   // Fields can not have abstract class types
16018   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
16019                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
16020                                              AbstractFieldType))
16021     InvalidDecl = true;
16022 
16023   bool ZeroWidth = false;
16024   if (InvalidDecl)
16025     BitWidth = nullptr;
16026   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
16027   if (BitWidth) {
16028     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
16029                               &ZeroWidth).get();
16030     if (!BitWidth) {
16031       InvalidDecl = true;
16032       BitWidth = nullptr;
16033       ZeroWidth = false;
16034     }
16035   }
16036 
16037   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
16038   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
16039     unsigned DiagID = 0;
16040     if (T->isReferenceType())
16041       DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference
16042                                         : diag::err_mutable_reference;
16043     else if (T.isConstQualified())
16044       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
16045 
16046     if (DiagID) {
16047       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
16048       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
16049         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
16050       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
16051       if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) {
16052         Mutable = false;
16053         InvalidDecl = true;
16054       }
16055     }
16056   }
16057 
16058   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
16059   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
16060   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
16061   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
16062     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
16063 
16064   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
16065                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
16066   if (InvalidDecl)
16067     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
16068 
16069   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
16070     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
16071     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
16072     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
16073   }
16074 
16075   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16076     if (Record->isUnion()) {
16077       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
16078         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
16079         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
16080           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
16081           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
16082           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
16083           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
16084           // objects.
16085           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
16086             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
16087         }
16088       }
16089 
16090       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
16091       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
16092       // enabled.
16093       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
16094         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
16095                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
16096                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
16097           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
16098         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
16099           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
16100       }
16101     }
16102   }
16103 
16104   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
16105   // representation, not a parser representation.
16106   if (D) {
16107     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
16108     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
16109 
16110     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
16111       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
16112   }
16113 
16114   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
16115   // retainable type.
16116   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
16117     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
16118 
16119   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
16120     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
16121 
16122   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
16123   return NewFD;
16124 }
16125 
16126 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
16127   assert(FD);
16128   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
16129 
16130   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
16131     return false;
16132 
16133   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
16134   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
16135     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
16136     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
16137       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
16138       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
16139       // copy constructors.
16140 
16141       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
16142       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
16143       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
16144       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
16145       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
16146       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
16147       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
16148         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
16149       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
16150         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
16151       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
16152         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
16153       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
16154         member = CXXDestructor;
16155 
16156       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
16157         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
16158             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
16159           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
16160           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
16161           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
16162           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
16163           // members unavailable.
16164           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
16165           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
16166             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
16167               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "",
16168                             UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc));
16169             return false;
16170           }
16171         }
16172 
16173         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
16174                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
16175                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
16176           << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
16177         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
16178         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
16179       }
16180     }
16181   }
16182 
16183   return false;
16184 }
16185 
16186 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
16187 ///  AST enum value.
16188 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
16189 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
16190   switch (ivarVisibility) {
16191   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
16192   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
16193   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
16194   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
16195   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
16196   }
16197 }
16198 
16199 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
16200 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
16201 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
16202                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
16203                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
16204                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
16205 
16206   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
16207   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
16208   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
16209   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
16210 
16211   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
16212   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
16213 
16214   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
16215   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
16216 
16217   if (BitWidth) {
16218     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
16219     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
16220     if (!BitWidth)
16221       D.setInvalidType();
16222   } else {
16223     // Not a bitfield.
16224 
16225     // validate II.
16226 
16227   }
16228   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
16229     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
16230     D.setInvalidType();
16231   }
16232   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
16233   // than a variably modified type.
16234   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
16235     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
16236     D.setInvalidType();
16237   }
16238 
16239   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
16240   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
16241     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
16242                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
16243   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
16244   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
16245   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
16246     return nullptr;
16247   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
16248   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
16249       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
16250     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
16251     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
16252       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
16253       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
16254     }
16255     else
16256       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
16257   } else {
16258     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
16259         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
16260       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
16261         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
16262         return nullptr;
16263       }
16264     }
16265     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
16266   }
16267 
16268   // Construct the decl.
16269   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
16270                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
16271                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
16272 
16273   if (II) {
16274     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
16275                                            ForVisibleRedeclaration);
16276     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
16277         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
16278       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
16279       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
16280       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
16281     }
16282   }
16283 
16284   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
16285   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
16286 
16287   if (D.isInvalidType())
16288     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
16289 
16290   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
16291   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
16292     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
16293 
16294   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
16295     NewID->setModulePrivate();
16296 
16297   if (II) {
16298     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
16299     // these to the interface.
16300     S->AddDecl(NewID);
16301     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
16302   }
16303 
16304   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
16305       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
16306     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
16307 
16308   return NewID;
16309 }
16310 
16311 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
16312 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
16313 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
16314 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
16315 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
16316                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
16317   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
16318     return;
16319 
16320   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
16321   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
16322 
16323   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->isZeroLengthBitField(Context))
16324     return;
16325   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
16326   if (!ID) {
16327     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
16328       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
16329         return;
16330     }
16331     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
16332     else
16333       return;
16334   }
16335   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
16336   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
16337   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
16338 
16339   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
16340                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
16341                               Context.CharTy,
16342                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
16343                                                                DeclLoc),
16344                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
16345                               true);
16346   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
16347 }
16348 
16349 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
16350                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
16351                        SourceLocation RBrac,
16352                        const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) {
16353   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
16354 
16355   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
16356   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
16357   // it will now change.
16358   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
16359     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
16360     switch (DC->getKind()) {
16361     default: break;
16362     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
16363       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
16364       break;
16365     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
16366       Context.
16367         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
16368       break;
16369     }
16370   }
16371 
16372   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
16373   CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
16374 
16375   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
16376   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
16377   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
16378   if (Record) {
16379     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
16380       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
16381         if (IFD->getDeclName())
16382           ++NumNamedMembers;
16383     }
16384   }
16385 
16386   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
16387   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
16388 
16389   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
16390        i != end; ++i) {
16391     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
16392 
16393     // Get the type for the field.
16394     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
16395 
16396     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
16397       // Remember all fields written by the user.
16398       RecFields.push_back(FD);
16399     }
16400 
16401     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
16402     // diagnostics about it.
16403     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
16404       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
16405       continue;
16406     }
16407 
16408     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
16409     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
16410     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
16411     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
16412     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
16413     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
16414     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
16415     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
16416     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
16417     //   array.
16418     bool IsLastField = (i + 1 == Fields.end());
16419     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
16420       // Field declared as a function.
16421       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
16422         << FD->getDeclName();
16423       FD->setInvalidDecl();
16424       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
16425       continue;
16426     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
16427                (Record || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl))) {
16428       if (Record) {
16429         // Flexible array member.
16430         // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
16431         // It will accept flexible array in union and also
16432         // as the sole element of a struct/class.
16433         unsigned DiagID = 0;
16434         if (!Record->isUnion() && !IsLastField) {
16435           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_not_at_end)
16436             << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType() << Record->getTagKind();
16437           Diag((*(i + 1))->getLocation(), diag::note_next_field_declaration);
16438           FD->setInvalidDecl();
16439           EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
16440           continue;
16441         } else if (Record->isUnion())
16442           DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
16443                        ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
16444                        : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
16445                              ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
16446                              : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
16447         else if (NumNamedMembers < 1)
16448           DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
16449                        ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
16450                        : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
16451                              ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
16452                              : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate;
16453 
16454         if (DiagID)
16455           Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
16456                                           << Record->getTagKind();
16457         // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
16458         // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
16459         // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
16460         // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
16461         // of the type.
16462         if (CXXRecord && CXXRecord->getNumVBases() != 0)
16463           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
16464               << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
16465         if (!getLangOpts().C99)
16466           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
16467             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
16468 
16469         // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
16470         // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
16471         //
16472         // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
16473         // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
16474         QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
16475         if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
16476           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
16477             << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
16478           FD->setInvalidDecl();
16479           EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
16480           continue;
16481         }
16482         // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
16483         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
16484       } else {
16485         // In ObjCContainerDecl ivars with incomplete array type are accepted,
16486         // unless they are followed by another ivar. That check is done
16487         // elsewhere, after synthesized ivars are known.
16488       }
16489     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
16490                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
16491                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
16492       // Incomplete type
16493       FD->setInvalidDecl();
16494       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
16495       continue;
16496     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
16497       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
16498         // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a
16499         // flexible array member.
16500         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
16501         if (!Record->isUnion()) {
16502           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
16503           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
16504           // structures.
16505           if (!IsLastField)
16506             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
16507               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
16508           else {
16509             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
16510             // other structs as an extension.
16511             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
16512               << FD->getDeclName();
16513           }
16514         }
16515       }
16516       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
16517           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
16518                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
16519                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
16520         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
16521         FD->setInvalidDecl();
16522       }
16523       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
16524         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
16525       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
16526         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
16527     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
16528       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
16529       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
16530         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
16531       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
16532       FD->setType(T);
16533     } else if (Record && Record->isUnion() &&
16534                FD->getType().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() &&
16535                getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(FD->getLocation()) &&
16536                !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>() &&
16537                (FD->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong ||
16538                 !Context.hasDirectOwnershipQualifier(FD->getType()))) {
16539       // For backward compatibility, fields of C unions declared in system
16540       // headers that have non-trivial ObjC ownership qualifications are marked
16541       // as unavailable unless the qualifier is explicit and __strong. This can
16542       // break ABI compatibility between programs compiled with ARC and MRR, but
16543       // is a better option than rejecting programs using those unions under
16544       // ARC.
16545       FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(
16546           Context, "", UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership,
16547           FD->getLocation()));
16548     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC &&
16549                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
16550                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
16551       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
16552           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
16553         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
16554       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
16555         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
16556         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
16557             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
16558           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
16559         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
16560                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
16561                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
16562       }
16563     }
16564 
16565     if (Record && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
16566         !shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD)) {
16567       QualType FT = FD->getType();
16568       if (FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize()) {
16569         Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize(true);
16570         if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() ||
16571             Record->isUnion())
16572           Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(true);
16573       }
16574       QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK = FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy();
16575       if (PCK != QualType::PCK_Trivial && PCK != QualType::PCK_VolatileTrivial) {
16576         Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy(true);
16577         if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() || Record->isUnion())
16578           Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(true);
16579       }
16580       if (FT.isDestructedType()) {
16581         Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestroy(true);
16582         Record->setParamDestroyedInCallee(true);
16583         if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || Record->isUnion())
16584           Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(true);
16585       }
16586 
16587       if (const auto *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>()) {
16588         if (RT->getDecl()->getArgPassingRestrictions() ==
16589             RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs)
16590           Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs);
16591       } else if (FT.getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak)
16592         Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs);
16593     }
16594 
16595     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
16596       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
16597     // Keep track of the number of named members.
16598     if (FD->getIdentifier())
16599       ++NumNamedMembers;
16600   }
16601 
16602   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
16603   if (Record) {
16604     bool Completed = false;
16605     if (CXXRecord) {
16606       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
16607         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
16608         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
16609                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
16610                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
16611           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
16612       }
16613 
16614       if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
16615         // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
16616         AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
16617 
16618         if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
16619           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
16620           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
16621           // problem now.
16622           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
16623             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
16624             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
16625 
16626             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
16627                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
16628                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
16629               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
16630                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
16631                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
16632                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
16633                        "Virtual function without overriding functions?");
16634                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
16635                   continue;
16636 
16637                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
16638                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
16639                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
16640                 //   program is ill-formed.
16641                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
16642                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
16643                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
16644                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
16645                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
16646                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
16647                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
16648                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
16649                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
16650                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
16651 
16652                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
16653               }
16654             }
16655             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
16656             Completed = true;
16657           }
16658         }
16659       }
16660     }
16661 
16662     if (!Completed)
16663       Record->completeDefinition();
16664 
16665     // Handle attributes before checking the layout.
16666     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attrs);
16667 
16668     // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now.
16669     if (CXXRecord) {
16670       auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor();
16671       if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() &&
16672           ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor)) {
16673         CXXRecord->setImplicitDestructorIsDeleted();
16674         SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation());
16675       }
16676     }
16677 
16678     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
16679       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
16680 
16681       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
16682         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
16683                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
16684                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling());
16685     }
16686 
16687     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
16688     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
16689     // compatibility problems.
16690     bool CheckForZeroSize;
16691     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16692       CheckForZeroSize = true;
16693     } else {
16694       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
16695       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
16696       CheckForZeroSize =
16697           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
16698           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
16699           CXXRecord->isCLike();
16700     }
16701     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
16702       bool ZeroSize = true;
16703       bool IsEmpty = true;
16704       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
16705       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
16706                                       E = Record->field_end();
16707            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
16708         IsEmpty = false;
16709         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
16710           if (!I->isZeroLengthBitField(Context))
16711             ZeroSize = false;
16712         } else {
16713           ++NonBitFields;
16714           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
16715           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
16716               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
16717             ZeroSize = false;
16718         }
16719       }
16720 
16721       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
16722       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
16723       // extern "C" block.
16724       if (ZeroSize) {
16725         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
16726                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
16727                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
16728           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
16729       }
16730 
16731       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
16732       // but are accepted by GCC.
16733       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16734         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
16735                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
16736           << Record->isUnion();
16737       }
16738     }
16739   } else {
16740     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
16741       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
16742     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
16743       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
16744       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
16745       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
16746         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
16747         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
16748       }
16749       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
16750       // duplicates.
16751       if (ID->getSuperClass())
16752         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
16753     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
16754                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
16755       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
16756       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
16757         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
16758         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
16759         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
16760       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
16761       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
16762       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
16763     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
16764                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
16765       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
16766       // reported as errors elsewhere.
16767       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
16768       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
16769       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
16770       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
16771       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
16772       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
16773         if (IDecl) {
16774           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
16775               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
16776             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
16777                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
16778             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
16779             continue;
16780           }
16781           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
16782             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
16783                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
16784               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
16785                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
16786               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
16787               continue;
16788             }
16789           }
16790         }
16791         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
16792         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
16793       }
16794       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
16795       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
16796     }
16797   }
16798 }
16799 
16800 /// Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
16801 /// the given type T.
16802 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
16803                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
16804                                         QualType T) {
16805   assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) || T->isEnumeralType()) &&
16806          "Integral type required!");
16807   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
16808 
16809   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
16810     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
16811       --BitWidth;
16812     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
16813   }
16814   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
16815 }
16816 
16817 // Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
16818 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
16819 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
16820   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
16821   // enum checking below.
16822   assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) ||
16823          T->isEnumeralType()) && "Integral type required!");
16824   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
16825   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
16826     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
16827   };
16828   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
16829     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
16830     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
16831   };
16832 
16833   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
16834   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
16835                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
16836   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
16837     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
16838       return Types[I];
16839 
16840   return QualType();
16841 }
16842 
16843 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
16844                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
16845                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
16846                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
16847                                           Expr *Val) {
16848   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
16849   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
16850   QualType EltTy;
16851 
16852   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
16853     Val = nullptr;
16854 
16855   if (Val)
16856     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
16857 
16858   if (Val) {
16859     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
16860       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
16861     else {
16862       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed()) {
16863         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
16864         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
16865         // constant expression of the underlying type.
16866         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
16867         ExprResult Converted =
16868           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
16869                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
16870         if (Converted.isInvalid())
16871           Val = nullptr;
16872         else
16873           Val = Converted.get();
16874       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
16875                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
16876                                                          &EnumVal).get())) {
16877         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
16878       } else {
16879         if (Enum->isComplete()) {
16880           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
16881 
16882           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
16883           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
16884           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
16885           // expression checking.
16886           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
16887             if (Context.getTargetInfo()
16888                     .getTriple()
16889                     .isWindowsMSVCEnvironment()) {
16890               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
16891             } else {
16892               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
16893             }
16894           }
16895 
16896           // Cast to the underlying type.
16897           Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy,
16898                                   EltTy->isBooleanType() ? CK_IntegralToBoolean
16899                                                          : CK_IntegralCast)
16900                     .get();
16901         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16902           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
16903           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
16904           //   is the type of its initializing value:
16905           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
16906           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
16907           EltTy = Val->getType();
16908         } else {
16909           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
16910           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
16911           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
16912           //   representable as an int.
16913 
16914           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
16915           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
16916             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
16917               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
16918               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
16919           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
16920             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
16921             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
16922           }
16923           EltTy = Val->getType();
16924         }
16925       }
16926     }
16927   }
16928 
16929   if (!Val) {
16930     if (Enum->isDependentType())
16931       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
16932     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
16933       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
16934       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
16935       //   is the type of its initializing value:
16936       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
16937       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
16938       //
16939       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
16940       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
16941       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
16942         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
16943       }
16944       else {
16945         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
16946       }
16947     } else {
16948       // Assign the last value + 1.
16949       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
16950       ++EnumVal;
16951       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
16952 
16953       // Check for overflow on increment.
16954       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
16955         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
16956         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
16957         //   is the type of its initializing value:
16958         //
16959         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
16960         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
16961         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
16962         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
16963         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
16964         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
16965         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
16966         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
16967           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
16968           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
16969           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
16970           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
16971           ++EnumVal;
16972           if (Enum->isFixed())
16973             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
16974             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
16975               << EnumVal.toString(10)
16976               << EltTy;
16977           else
16978             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
16979               << EnumVal.toString(10);
16980         } else {
16981           EltTy = T;
16982         }
16983 
16984         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
16985         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
16986         // value, then increment.
16987         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
16988         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
16989         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
16990         ++EnumVal;
16991 
16992         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
16993         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
16994         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
16995         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
16996         // integral type.
16997         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
16998           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
16999       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
17000                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
17001         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
17002         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
17003           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
17004       }
17005     }
17006   }
17007 
17008   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
17009     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
17010     // enumerator's type.
17011     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
17012     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
17013   }
17014 
17015   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
17016                                   Val, EnumVal);
17017 }
17018 
17019 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
17020                                                 SourceLocation IILoc) {
17021   if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) ||
17022       !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
17023     return SkipBodyInfo();
17024 
17025   // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to
17026   // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and
17027   // skip the body.
17028   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
17029                                          forRedeclarationInCurContext());
17030   auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl);
17031   if (!PrevECD)
17032     return SkipBodyInfo();
17033 
17034   EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext());
17035   NamedDecl *Hidden;
17036   if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) {
17037     SkipBodyInfo Skip;
17038     Skip.Previous = Hidden;
17039     return Skip;
17040   }
17041 
17042   return SkipBodyInfo();
17043 }
17044 
17045 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
17046                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
17047                               const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs,
17048                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
17049   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
17050   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
17051     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
17052 
17053   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
17054   // we find one that is.
17055   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
17056 
17057   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
17058   // scope.
17059   LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, ForVisibleRedeclaration);
17060   LookupName(R, S);
17061   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
17062 
17063   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
17064     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
17065     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
17066     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
17067     PrevDecl = nullptr;
17068   }
17069 
17070   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
17071   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
17072   // different from T:
17073   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
17074   // enumerated type
17075   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !TheEnumDecl->isScoped())
17076     DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(),
17077                             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc));
17078 
17079   EnumConstantDecl *New =
17080     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
17081   if (!New)
17082     return nullptr;
17083 
17084   if (PrevDecl) {
17085     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && isa<ValueDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
17086       // Check for other kinds of shadowing not already handled.
17087       CheckShadow(New, PrevDecl, R);
17088     }
17089 
17090     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
17091     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
17092     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
17093            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
17094     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
17095       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
17096         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
17097       else
17098         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
17099       notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, IdLoc);
17100       return nullptr;
17101     }
17102   }
17103 
17104   // Process attributes.
17105   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs);
17106   AddPragmaAttributes(S, New);
17107 
17108   // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
17109   New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
17110   PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
17111 
17112   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
17113 
17114   return New;
17115 }
17116 
17117 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
17118 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
17119 // Element2 = Element1
17120 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
17121 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
17122 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
17123 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
17124   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
17125   if (!InitExpr)
17126     return true;
17127   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
17128 
17129   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
17130     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
17131       return true;
17132     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
17133     if (!IL)
17134       return true;
17135     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
17136       return true;
17137 
17138     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
17139   }
17140 
17141   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
17142   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
17143   if (!DRE)
17144     return true;
17145 
17146   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
17147   if (!EnumConstant)
17148     return true;
17149 
17150   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
17151       Enum)
17152     return true;
17153 
17154   return false;
17155 }
17156 
17157 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
17158 // a previous element has already been set to.
17159 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
17160                                         EnumDecl *Enum, QualType EnumType) {
17161   // Avoid anonymous enums
17162   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
17163     return;
17164 
17165   // Only check for small enums.
17166   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
17167     return;
17168 
17169   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
17170     return;
17171 
17172   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
17173   typedef SmallVector<std::unique_ptr<ECDVector>, 3> DuplicatesVector;
17174 
17175   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
17176   typedef std::unordered_map<int64_t, DeclOrVector> ValueToVectorMap;
17177 
17178   // Use int64_t as a key to avoid needing special handling for DenseMap keys.
17179   auto EnumConstantToKey = [](const EnumConstantDecl *D) {
17180     llvm::APSInt Val = D->getInitVal();
17181     return Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue();
17182   };
17183 
17184   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
17185   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
17186 
17187   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
17188   // an initializer.
17189   for (auto *Element : Elements) {
17190     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Element);
17191 
17192     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
17193     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
17194     if (!ECD) {
17195       return;
17196     }
17197 
17198     // Constants with initalizers are handled in the next loop.
17199     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
17200       continue;
17201 
17202     // Duplicate values are handled in the next loop.
17203     EnumMap.insert({EnumConstantToKey(ECD), ECD});
17204   }
17205 
17206   if (EnumMap.size() == 0)
17207     return;
17208 
17209   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
17210   for (auto *Element : Elements) {
17211     // The last loop returned if any constant was null.
17212     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Element);
17213     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
17214       continue;
17215 
17216     auto Iter = EnumMap.find(EnumConstantToKey(ECD));
17217     if (Iter == EnumMap.end())
17218       continue;
17219 
17220     DeclOrVector& Entry = Iter->second;
17221     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
17222       // Ensure constants are different.
17223       if (D == ECD)
17224         continue;
17225 
17226       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
17227       auto Vec = std::make_unique<ECDVector>();
17228       Vec->push_back(D);
17229       Vec->push_back(ECD);
17230 
17231       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
17232       Entry = Vec.get();
17233 
17234       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
17235       // diagnostics.
17236       DupVector.emplace_back(std::move(Vec));
17237       continue;
17238     }
17239 
17240     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
17241     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
17242     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
17243       continue;
17244 
17245     Vec->push_back(ECD);
17246   }
17247 
17248   // Emit diagnostics.
17249   for (const auto &Vec : DupVector) {
17250     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
17251 
17252     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
17253     auto *FirstECD = Vec->front();
17254     S.Diag(FirstECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
17255       << FirstECD << FirstECD->getInitVal().toString(10)
17256       << FirstECD->getSourceRange();
17257 
17258     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
17259     // the same value.
17260     for (auto *ECD : llvm::make_range(Vec->begin() + 1, Vec->end()))
17261       S.Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
17262         << ECD << ECD->getInitVal().toString(10)
17263         << ECD->getSourceRange();
17264   }
17265 }
17266 
17267 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
17268                              bool AllowMask) const {
17269   assert(ED->isClosedFlag() && "looking for value in non-flag or open enum");
17270   assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition");
17271 
17272   auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt()));
17273   llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second;
17274 
17275   if (R.second) {
17276     for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) {
17277       const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal();
17278       // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values.
17279       if (EVal.isPowerOf2())
17280         FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal;
17281     }
17282   }
17283 
17284   // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's
17285   // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is
17286   // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we
17287   // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value.
17288   //
17289   // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is
17290   // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is
17291   // likely a logic error.
17292   llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth());
17293   return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val));
17294 }
17295 
17296 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange,
17297                          Decl *EnumDeclX, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, Scope *S,
17298                          const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) {
17299   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
17300   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
17301 
17302   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attrs);
17303 
17304   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
17305     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
17306       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
17307         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
17308       if (!ECD) continue;
17309 
17310       ECD->setType(EnumType);
17311     }
17312 
17313     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
17314     return;
17315   }
17316 
17317   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
17318   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
17319   // emit a warning.
17320   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
17321   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
17322   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
17323 
17324   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
17325   // reverse the list.
17326   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
17327   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
17328 
17329   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
17330   bool AllElementsInt = true;
17331 
17332   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
17333     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
17334       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
17335     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
17336 
17337     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
17338 
17339     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
17340     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
17341       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
17342                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
17343     else
17344       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
17345                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
17346 
17347     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very common).
17348     if (AllElementsInt)
17349       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
17350   }
17351 
17352   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
17353   QualType BestType;
17354   unsigned BestWidth;
17355 
17356   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
17357   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
17358   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
17359   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
17360   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
17361   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
17362   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
17363   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
17364   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
17365   QualType BestPromotionType;
17366 
17367   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
17368   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
17369   // enum definitions.
17370   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
17371     Packed = true;
17372 
17373   // If the enum already has a type because it is fixed or dictated by the
17374   // target, promote that type instead of analyzing the enumerators.
17375   if (Enum->isComplete()) {
17376     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
17377     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
17378       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
17379     else
17380       BestPromotionType = BestType;
17381 
17382     BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType);
17383   }
17384   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
17385     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
17386     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
17387     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
17388     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
17389       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
17390       BestWidth = CharWidth;
17391     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
17392                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
17393       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
17394       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
17395     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
17396       BestType = Context.IntTy;
17397       BestWidth = IntWidth;
17398     } else {
17399       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
17400 
17401       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
17402         BestType = Context.LongTy;
17403       } else {
17404         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
17405 
17406         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
17407           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
17408         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
17409       }
17410     }
17411     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
17412   } else {
17413     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
17414     // all of the enumerator values.
17415     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
17416     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
17417       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
17418       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
17419       BestWidth = CharWidth;
17420     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
17421       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
17422       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
17423       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
17424     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
17425       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
17426       BestWidth = IntWidth;
17427       BestPromotionType
17428         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
17429                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
17430     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
17431                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
17432       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
17433       BestPromotionType
17434         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
17435                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
17436     } else {
17437       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
17438       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
17439              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
17440       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
17441       BestPromotionType
17442         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
17443                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
17444     }
17445   }
17446 
17447   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
17448   // the type of the enum if needed.
17449   for (auto *D : Elements) {
17450     auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
17451     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
17452 
17453     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
17454     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
17455     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
17456     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
17457     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
17458 
17459     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
17460     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
17461 
17462     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
17463     // the enum decl type.
17464     QualType NewTy;
17465     unsigned NewWidth;
17466     bool NewSign;
17467     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
17468         !Enum->isFixed() &&
17469         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
17470       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
17471       NewWidth = IntWidth;
17472       NewSign = true;
17473     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
17474       // Already the right type!
17475       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
17476         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
17477         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
17478         // enumeration.
17479         ECD->setType(EnumType);
17480       continue;
17481     } else {
17482       NewTy = BestType;
17483       NewWidth = BestWidth;
17484       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
17485     }
17486 
17487     // Adjust the APSInt value.
17488     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
17489     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
17490     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
17491 
17492     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
17493     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
17494         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
17495       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
17496                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
17497                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
17498                                                 /*base paths*/ nullptr,
17499                                                 VK_RValue));
17500     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
17501       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
17502       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
17503       // enumeration.
17504       ECD->setType(EnumType);
17505     else
17506       ECD->setType(NewTy);
17507   }
17508 
17509   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
17510                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
17511 
17512   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
17513 
17514   if (Enum->isClosedFlag()) {
17515     for (Decl *D : Elements) {
17516       EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
17517       if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
17518 
17519       llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
17520       if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() &&
17521           !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true))
17522         Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range)
17523           << ECD << Enum;
17524     }
17525   }
17526 
17527   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
17528   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
17529     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
17530 }
17531 
17532 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
17533                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
17534                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
17535   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
17536 
17537   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
17538                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
17539                                                    EndLoc);
17540   CurContext->addDecl(New);
17541   return New;
17542 }
17543 
17544 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
17545                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
17546                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
17547                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
17548                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
17549   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
17550                                          LookupOrdinaryName);
17551   AttributeCommonInfo Info(AliasName, SourceRange(AliasNameLoc),
17552                            AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma);
17553   AsmLabelAttr *Attr =
17554       AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), Info);
17555 
17556   // If a declaration that:
17557   // 1) declares a function or a variable
17558   // 2) has external linkage
17559   // already exists, add a label attribute to it.
17560   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
17561     if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl))
17562       PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
17563     else
17564       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
17565           << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl;
17566   // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.
17567   } else
17568     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr));
17569 }
17570 
17571 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
17572                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
17573                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
17574   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
17575 
17576   if (PrevDecl) {
17577     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
17578   } else {
17579     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
17580       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
17581         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
17582   }
17583 }
17584 
17585 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
17586                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
17587                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
17588                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
17589                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
17590   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
17591                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
17592   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
17593 
17594   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
17595     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
17596       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
17597         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
17598   } else {
17599     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
17600       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
17601   }
17602 }
17603 
17604 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
17605   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
17606 }
17607